diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'po-properties')
79 files changed, 6265 insertions, 6244 deletions
diff --git a/po-properties/ChangeLog b/po-properties/ChangeLog index cf6e71f7b..f09f47046 100644 --- a/po-properties/ChangeLog +++ b/po-properties/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2005-02-04 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> + + * === Released 2.6.2 === + 2005-02-03 Kostas Papadimas <pkst@gnome.org> * el.po: Updated Greek translation diff --git a/po-properties/af.po b/po-properties/af.po index 72be6e418..567f20149 100644 --- a/po-properties/af.po +++ b/po-properties/af.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties 2.6-branch\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-30 17:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Zuza Software Foundation <info@translate.org.za>\n" "Language-Team: Afrikaans <translate-discuss-af@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -99,121 +99,121 @@ msgstr "Skerm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Die model vir die boomaansig" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Merkernaam" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Die oriëntering van die nutsbalk" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kolomspasiëring" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Gebruik grootte in etiket" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Die oriëntering van die nutsbalk" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Fontnaam" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Huidige kleur" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2048,11 +2048,11 @@ msgstr "Die titel van die fontkies-dialoog" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Naam van die lêerstelsel-rugstelsel om te gebruik" @@ -2589,11 +2589,11 @@ msgstr "Die wydte van die uitleg" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Die hoogte van die uitleg" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Afskeurtitel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2601,31 +2601,31 @@ msgstr "" "'n Titel wat deur die vensterbestuurder vertoon kan word wanneer hierdie " "kieslys afgeskeur word" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Afskeurtitel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "'n Titel wat deur die vensterbestuurder vertoon kan word wanneer hierdie " "kieslys afgeskeur word" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikale opvulling" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Ekstra ruimte aan bo- en onderkant van die kieslys" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikale verplasing" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2633,11 +2633,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer die kieslys 'n subkieslys is, word dit hierdie getal pixels " "vertikaal verplaas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horisontale verplasing" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2645,66 +2645,66 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer die kieslys 'n subkieslys is, word dit hierdie getal pixels " "horisontaal verplaas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Linkeraanhegting" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Die kolomnommer waaraan die linkersy van die kind geheg moet word" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Regteraanhegting" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Die kolomnommer waaraan die regtersy van die kind geheg moet word" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Boaanhegting" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Die kolomnommer waaraan die bokantste sy van die kind geheg moet word" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Onderaanhegting" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" "Die kolomnommer waaraan die onderkantste sy van die kind geheg moet word" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kan snelsleutels wysig" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Of kieslyssnelsleutels gewysig kan word deur 'n sleutel oor die kieslysitem " "te druk" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Vertraag voor subkieslyste verskyn" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "minimum tyd wat die wyser oor 'n kieslysitem moet wag voor die subkieslys " "verskyn" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Vertraging voor subkieslys verskuil word" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4756,51 +4756,51 @@ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" "Of gtk_widget_show_all() nie 'n uitwerking op hierdie dingesie moet hê nie" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Binnefokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Of die fokusaanwyser binne dingesies geteken moet word" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokus op reëlwydte" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Wydte in pixels van die fokusaanwyserlyn" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Fokuslyn-stippelpatroon" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Stippelpatroon wat gebruik moet word om die fokusaanwyser te teken" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokusopvulling" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Wydte in pixels tussen fokusaanwyser en die dingesie-kassie" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Wyserkleur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Kleure waarmee die invoegwyser geteken moet word" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Sekondêrewyser-kleur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4808,11 +4808,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kleur waarmee die sekondêre invoegwyser geteken moet word wanneer gemengde " "regs-na-links- en links-na-regs-teks geredigeer word" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Wyserlyn-aspekratio" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Aspekratio waarmee die invoegwyser geteken moet word" diff --git a/po-properties/am.po b/po-properties/am.po index fbca6b0f9..1da492928 100644 --- a/po-properties/am.po +++ b/po-properties/am.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-14 11:02+EDT\n" "Last-Translator: Ge'ez Frontier Foundation <locales@geez.org>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <locales@geez.org>\n" @@ -99,118 +99,118 @@ msgstr "እስክሪን" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "የጽሑፉ መለያ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "የጽሑፉ መለያ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "የፊደሉ ቅርጽ ስም" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "የአሁኑን ቀለም" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1993,11 +1993,11 @@ msgstr "የመስኮቱ አርእስት" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2515,111 +2515,111 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "የቁመት ኩልኩል" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "የቁመት ኩልኩል" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "የአግድም ኩልኩል" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "ወደ ታች (_B)" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4559,61 +4559,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "የጠቋሚው ቀለም" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/ar.po b/po-properties/ar.po index bbbbdd0a7..0ef5d3ec7 100644 --- a/po-properties/ar.po +++ b/po-properties/ar.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-17 08:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Arafat Medini <lumina@silverpen.de>\n" "Language-Team: Arabic <doc@arabeyes.org>\n" @@ -101,121 +101,121 @@ msgstr "شاشة" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "نمط عرض الشجرة" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "اسم الشارة" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "اتجاه شريط ا?دوات" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "فراغات العمود" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "استخدام حجم في الشارة" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "اتجاه شريط ا?دوات" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "اسم الخط" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "اللون الحالي" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2011,11 +2011,11 @@ msgstr "عنوان حوار انتقاء الخطوط" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "خلفيّة منتقي الملفات الإفتراضيّة" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "اسم خلفية GtkFileChooser التي ستستخدم إفتراضيّا" @@ -2542,113 +2542,113 @@ msgstr "عرض التصميم" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "ارتفاع التصميم" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "قطف العنوان" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "عنوان قد يعرض من قبل مدير النوافذ عند قطف هذه القائمة" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "قطف العنوان" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "عنوان قد يعرض من قبل مدير النوافذ عند قطف هذه القائمة" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "الحشو العمودي" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "مساحة اضافية لأعلى وأسفل القائمة" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "التكافؤ العمودي" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "عندما تكون القائمة قائمة فرعيّة تموقع هذا العدد من البكسلات عموديّا كتعويض" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "التكافؤ العمودي" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "عندما·تكون·القائمة·قائمة·فرعيّة·تموقع·هذا·العدد·من·البكسلات·أفقيّا·كتعويض" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "ربط على اليسار" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "رقم العمود الذي إليه ستربط الجهة اليسرى للإبن" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "ربط على اليمين" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "رقم·العمود·الذي·إليه·ستربط·الجهة·اليمنى·للإبن" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "ربط بالأعلى" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "رقم·السطر·الذي·إليه·ستربط·الجهة·العليا·للإبن" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "ربط بالأسفل" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "رقم·السطر·الذي·إليه·ستربط·الجهة·السفلى·للإبن" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "من الممكن تغيير مفاتيح الاختصار" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "فيما اذا كان من الممكن تغيير مفاتيح اختصار القوائم بضغط مفتاح فوق عنصر " "القائمة" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "التأخير قبل ظهور القوائم المحوية" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "الوقت الأدنى الذي يجب أن يبقى فيه المؤشر فوق عنصر قائمة لتظهر القائمة المحوية" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "التأخير قبل اخفاء قائمة محوية" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4616,51 +4616,51 @@ msgstr "لا عرض للكل" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "فيما إذا لن يؤثّر gtk_widget_show_all() هذه القطعة" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "بؤرة داخلية" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "ما إذا يرسم مؤشر التركيز داخل القطع" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "عرض خط البؤرة" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "العرض بالبكسلات لسطر مؤشر التركيز" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "خط البؤرة بالنقش المتقطع" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "نمط الخط الفاصل المستعمل لرسم مؤشر التكيز" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "حشو البؤرة" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "العرض بالبكسلات بين مؤشر التركيز و قطعة 'صندوق'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "لون المؤشر" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "اللون الذي يتم به رسم مؤشر ا?دخال" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "مؤشر ا?دخال الثانوي" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4668,11 +4668,11 @@ msgstr "" "اللون الذي سيرسم يه مؤشر الإدخال الثانوي عند تحرير نص مختلط من اليمين إلى " "اليسار و من اليسار إلى اليمين" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "نسبة الطول للعرض لمؤشر السطر" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "نسبة الطول للعرض التي سيرسم بها مؤشر إدخال." diff --git a/po-properties/az.po b/po-properties/az.po index 75f2272b2..31ad87b8f 100644 --- a/po-properties/az.po +++ b/po-properties/az.po @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties.HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-07 18:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mətin Əmirov <metin@karegen.com>\n" "Language-Team: Azerbaijani Turkish <translation-team-az@lists.sourceforge." @@ -124,121 +124,121 @@ msgstr "Ekran" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Ağac görünüşü modeli" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Təq adi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Vasitə çubuğu istiqaməti" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Sütünlar arası boşluq" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etiketdə böyüklüyü işlət" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Vasitə çubuğu istiqaməti" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Yazı növü adı" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Hazırkı Rəng" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2041,11 +2041,11 @@ msgstr "Yazı növü seçmə dialoqunun etiketi" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Ön qurğulu fayl seçici backend-i" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Ön qurğulu olarq işlədiləcək GtkFileChooser backend-inin adı" @@ -2576,116 +2576,116 @@ msgstr "Düzülüş eni" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Düzülüş hündürlüyü" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Etiketi Qopart" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Bu menyu qoparılmış vəziyyətdə olanda pəncərə idarəçisinin göstərəcəyi etiket" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Etiketi Qopart" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Bu menyu qoparılmış vəziyyətdə olanda pəncərə idarəçisinin göstərəcəyi etiket" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Şaquli Səviyyələmə" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Menyunun üst və alt tərəflərinə əlavə ediləcək sahə miqdarı" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Şaquli Offset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "Menyu alt menyu isə, onu bu qədər piksel offset şaquli olaraq yerləşdir" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Üfüqi Offset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "Menyu alt menyu isə, onu bu qədər piksel offset üfüqi olaraq yerləşdir" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Sol Əlavə" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Törəmənin sol tərəfinin ilişdiriləcəyi sütun nömrəsi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Sağ Əlavə" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Törəmənin sağ tərəfinin ilişdiriləcəyi sütun nömrəsi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Üst Əlavə" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Törəmənin üst tərəfinin ilişdiriləcəyi sütun nömrəsi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Alt Əlavə" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Törəmənin alt tərəfinin ilişdiriləcəyi sütun nömrəsi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Sürə'tləndiricilər dəyişdirilə bilsin" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Menyu sürətləndiricilərin münyu üzvünün üstündə ikən düyməyə basılaraq " "dəyişdirilə bilməsi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Alt menyuları göstərilmə gecikməsi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Alt menyunun görünməsi üçün oxun menyunun üstündə dayanması məcbur olan " "minimal vaxt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Alt menyuları gizlədilmə gecikməsi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4701,52 +4701,52 @@ msgstr "Hamısını göstər olmasın" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "gtk_widget_show_all()-in bu widget-ə təsir etməməsi" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Daxili Fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Pəncərəciklər daxilində fokus indikatorunun göstərilməsi" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokus uzunluğu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Piksel olaraq fokus indikatoru eni" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Fokus sətiri tire naxışı" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Fokus indikatoru göstərilməsi üçün lazımi tire naxışı" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokus aralanması" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Piksel olaraq fokus indikatoru ilə pəncərəcik 'qutusu' arasındakı məsafə" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Ox rəngi" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Daxil etmə oxunun rəngi" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "İkinci ox rəngi" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4754,11 +4754,11 @@ msgstr "" "Qarışıq sağdan sola və soldan sağa mətni redaktə edərkən ikinci giriş " "kursorunun göstəriləcəyi rəng" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Kursor sətiri nisbəti" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Daxil etmə kursorunun göstəriləcəyi nisbət" diff --git a/po-properties/az_IR.po b/po-properties/az_IR.po index 18d8c131f..48571f768 100644 --- a/po-properties/az_IR.po +++ b/po-properties/az_IR.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties gtk-2-4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-27 15:41+0330\n" "Last-Translator: Amir Hedayaty <amir@bamdad.org>\n" "Language-Team: Iranian Azerbaijani <az-ir@lists.sharif.edu>\n" @@ -96,114 +96,114 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1946,11 +1946,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2451,107 +2451,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4484,61 +4484,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/be.po b/po-properties/be.po index 16c734467..2b579840c 100644 --- a/po-properties/be.po +++ b/po-properties/be.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-03-31 07:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ales Nyakhaychyk <nab@mail.by>\n" "Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n@mova.org>\n" @@ -105,121 +105,121 @@ msgstr "Экран" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Разнавід для адлюстраваньня дрэва" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Назоў тэгу" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Мейсцазнаходжаньне палоскі прылад" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Водступ між слупкоў" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Адмеціна ўкладкі" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Мейсцазнаходжаньне палоскі прылад" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Назва шрыфту" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Бягучы колер" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2098,11 +2098,11 @@ msgstr "Назоў гэтага акна" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Назва звычайнага шрыфту" @@ -2648,11 +2648,11 @@ msgstr "Шырыня разьмеркаваньня." msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Вышыня разьмеркаваньня." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Загаловак адарванага мэню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2660,115 +2660,115 @@ msgstr "" "Загаловак, які можа адлюстроўвацца аконным кіраўніком, пасля таго, як мэню " "будзе выключана." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Загаловак адарванага мэню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Загаловак, які можа адлюстроўвацца аконным кіраўніком, пасля таго, як мэню " "будзе выключана." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Вэртыкальная запаўненьне" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Памер прасторы зьверху й зьнізу ад віджэ�у ў піксэлях" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Вэртыкальнае маштабаваньне" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Гарызантальнае маштабаваньне" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Левы дадатак" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Нумар слупка каб дадаць левы бок нашчадка да" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Правы дадатак" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Нумар слупка каб дадаць левы бок нашчадка да" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Верхні дадатак" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "нумар радка каб дадаць ніз віджэта-нашчадка да" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Ніжні дадатак" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "нумар радка каб дадаць ніз віджэта-нашчадка да" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Можа зьмяняць \"гарычыя\" клявішы" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Ці могуць быць зьменены \"гарачыя\" клявішы мэню, калі націснуць спалучэньне " "над пунктам мэню." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Затрымка перд зьяўленьнем падмэню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Час найменьшага знаходжаньня ўказальніка над мэню, пасьля якога зьявіцца " "падмэню." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Затрымка перд зьнікненьнем падмэню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4834,52 +4834,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Унутранае засяроджаньне" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Ці будзе адлюстроўвацца паказальнік засяроджаньня ўнутры віджэтаў." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Шырыня лініі засяроджаньня" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Шырыня, у піксэлях, лініі засяроджаньня." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Узор лініі засяроджаньня" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Узор штрыхоў для адлюстраваньня засяроджаньня." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Спад засяроджаньня" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Шырыня, у піксалях, паміж паказальнікам засяроджаньня й віджэтам \"box\"." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Колер курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Колер, выкарыстоўвываемы для адлюстраваньня курсору" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Колер другога курсору" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4887,11 +4887,11 @@ msgstr "" "Колер для адлюстраваньня другога курсору, калі выкарыстоўвываецца зьмешаны" "(зьлева направа й справа налева) ўвод тэксту." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Прапорцыі курсору" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Прапорцыі курсору" diff --git a/po-properties/bg.po b/po-properties/bg.po index 72c81dce9..1c28dd74c 100644 --- a/po-properties/bg.po +++ b/po-properties/bg.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Gtk+-properties 2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 22:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-08 22:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Vladimir Petkov <vpetkov@i-space.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@linux.zonebg.com>\n" @@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ msgstr "Екран" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Екранът GdkScreen на изобразяващия модул" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Име на програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -111,43 +111,43 @@ msgstr "" "Името на програмата. Ако не е зададено, по подразбиране се взима " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Версия на програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Версията на програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Авторски права" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Информация за авторските права върху програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Коментар" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Коментари за програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Адрес на уебсайт" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "URL към уебсайта на програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Етикет на интернет страница" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -155,46 +155,46 @@ msgstr "" "Етикетът за хипервръзката към уебсайта на програмата. Ако не е зададен, по " "подразбиране е URL-то" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Автори" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Списък на авторите на програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Документатори" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Списък на хората, които са написали документацията на програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Дизайнери" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" "Списък на хората, които са допринесли за художественото оформление на " "програмата" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Преводачи" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Списък с преводачи. Низът трябва да е отбелязан за превод" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Лого" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -202,21 +202,21 @@ msgstr "" "Лого за диалоговата кутия \"Относно\". Ако не е зададено, по подразбиране се " "задава gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Име на иконата за логото" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" "Именована икона, която да се използва като лого за диалоговата кутия " "\"Относно\"." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Цвят на връзката" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Цветът на хипервръзките" @@ -2044,11 +2044,11 @@ msgstr "Заглавието на диалоговата кутия за изб msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Желаната широчина на бутона, в символи" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Модулът за файлова система по подразбиране" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Име на модула за GtkFileChooser, който да се използва по подразбиране" @@ -2564,11 +2564,11 @@ msgstr "Ширината на подредбата" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Височината на подредбата" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Откъснато заглавие" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2576,27 +2576,27 @@ msgstr "" "Заглавие, което може да се покаже от мениджъра на прозорци, когато това меню " "е отделено" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Откъснато" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Булева стойност указваща дали заглавието е откъснато" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Вертикална обшивка" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Допълнително място над и под менюто" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Вертикален отстъп" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2604,11 +2604,11 @@ msgstr "" "Когато менюто е подменю, да се разположи отместено на определен брой пиксели " "вертикално" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Хоризонтален отстъп" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2616,69 +2616,69 @@ msgstr "" "Когато менюто е подменю, да се разположи отместено на определен брой пиксели " "хоризонтално" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Ляво прикрепяне" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" "Номер на колоната, към който да се прикрепи лявата страна на вложения елемент" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Дясно прикрепяне" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" "Номер на колоната, към който да се прикрепи лявата страна на вложения елемент" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Горно прикрепяне" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" "Номер на реда, към който да се прикрепи долната страна на вложения елемент" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Долно прикрепяне" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" "Номер на реда, към който да се прикрепи долната страна на вложения елемент" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Може да променя ускорителите" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Дали ускорителите за менюта могат да бъдат променяни чрез натискане на " "клавиш над обект от менюто." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Закъснение преди появяване на подменюта" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Минимално време, през което показалеца трябва да остане над обект от меню " "преди да се появи подменюто" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Закъснение преди скриване на подменю" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4710,52 +4710,52 @@ msgstr "Да не се показва" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Дали gtk_widget_show_all() да не влияе на този обект" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Вътрешен Фокус" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Дали да изчертава индикатор за фокус вътре в графични обекти" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Ширина на линия за фокус" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Ширина, в пиксели, за линията на индикатора на фокус" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Линия на фокус с шаблон на тирета" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Образец с тирета използван за изчертаване на индикатор за фокус" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Рамка на фокуса" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Ширина в пиксели между индикатора 'фокус' и 'box'-ът на графичния обект" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Цвят на Показалец" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Цвят, с който ще се изчертава показалеца" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Цвят на Втори Показалец" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4763,11 +4763,11 @@ msgstr "" "Цвят, с който ще се изчертава втория показалец при редактиране на смесен " "ляво-десен и дясно-ляв текст" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Пропорция на показалеца" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Пропорция на показалеца" diff --git a/po-properties/bn.po b/po-properties/bn.po index 4ac9ac402..5502971df 100644 --- a/po-properties/bn.po +++ b/po-properties/bn.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+.gtk-2-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-18 10:45+0600\n" "Last-Translator: Progga <progga@BengaLinux.Org>\n" "Language-Team: Bangla <gnome-translation@BengaLinux.Org>\n" @@ -98,121 +98,121 @@ msgstr "পর্দা" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "শাখা-প্রশাখার ন্যায় দৃশ্যের মডেল" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "ট্যাগের নাম" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "টুলবারের দিক" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "প্রতি কলামে স্পেস-এর সংখ্যা" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "লেবেলে ফন্টের আকার ব্যবহার করো" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "টুলবারের দিক" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "ফন্টের নাম" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "বর্তমান রং" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2036,11 +2036,11 @@ msgstr "ফন্ট নির্বাচক ডায়ালগের শির msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "স্বাভাবিক অবস্থায় ব্যবহৃত ফাইল বাছাইকারী ব্যাকএন্ড" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "স্বাভাবিক অবস্থায় যে GtkFileChooser ব্যাকএন্ড ব্যবহার করা হবে তার নাম" @@ -2576,11 +2576,11 @@ msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "নকশার (Layout) উচ্চতা" # FIXME: এইটা নিয়ে Confusion আছে -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "বিচ্ছিন্ন শিরোনাম" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2588,103 +2588,103 @@ msgstr "" "এই মেনুটি বিচ্ছিন্ন (???) থাকলে উইন্ডো ম্যানেজার যে শিরোনামটি প্রদর্শন করতে পারবে" # FIXME: এইটা নিয়ে Confusion আছে -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "বিচ্ছিন্ন শিরোনাম" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "এই মেনুটি বিচ্ছিন্ন (???) থাকলে উইন্ডো ম্যানেজার যে শিরোনামটি প্রদর্শন করতে পারবে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "উলম্ব প্যাডিং (Padding)" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "উইজেটের উপর ও নীচে যতগুলো স্পেস যোগ করা হবে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "উলম্ব অফসেট" # FIXME -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "এটি যদি সাবমেনু হয়, তবে একে এই সংখ্যক পিক্সেল উলম্ব অফসেটে স্থাপন করো" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "অনুভূমিক অফসেট" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "এটি যদি সাবমেনু হয়, তবে একে এই সংখ্যক পিক্সেল অনুভূমিক অফসেটে স্থাপন করো" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "বামপাশের সংযুক্তি" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "চাইল্ডের বাম পাশে যে কলাম নম্বর যুক্ত হবে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "ডানপাশের সংযুক্তি" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "চাইল্ডের বাম পাশে যে কলাম নম্বর যুক্ত হবে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "ঊর্ধ্ব সংযুক্তি" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "চাইল্ডের উপরের অংশে যে সারি নম্বর যুক্ত হবে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "নিম্ন সংযুক্তি" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "চাইল্ডের নিচের অংশে যে সারি নম্বর যুক্ত হবে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "চটপট কী (Key) পরিবর্তন করতে পারে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "মেনু আইটেমের ওপর চাপ দিয়ে চটপট কী (Key) পরিবর্তন করা যাবে কিনা" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "সাবমেনু দেখা যাওয়ার পূর্বে বিলম্ব" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "সাবমেনু দেখা যাওয়ার পূর্বে সর্বনিম্ন যে সময় যাবত্ পয়েন্টারটি মেনুতে প্রদর্শিত সাবমেনুর " "নামের ওপর থাকবে" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "সাবমেনু আড়াল করার পূর্বে বিলম্ব" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4704,51 +4704,51 @@ msgstr "সবকিছু দেখাও অকেজো" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "gtk_widget_show_all() এই উইজেটকে প্রভাবিত করবে না কিনা" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "অভ্যন্তরীণ ফোকাস" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "ফোকাস নির্দেশকটি উইজেটের ভেতর আঁকা হবে কিনা" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "ফোকাসের লাইনব্যাপ্তি" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "পিক্সেল হিসেবে ফোকাস নির্দেশক লাইনের প্রস্থ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "ফোকাস লাইনের ড্যাশ প্যাটার্ন" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "ফোকাস নির্দেশক আঁকতে যে ধরনের ড্যাশ প্যাটার্ন আঁকতে হবে" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "ফোকাস প্যাডিং" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "পিক্সেল হিসেবে ফোকাস নির্দেশক ও উইজেট 'বাক্সের' মধ্যবর্তী স্থানের প্রস্থ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "কার্সারের রং " -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "অক্ষর ঢোকানোর (Insertion) কার্সার আঁকতে যে রং ব্যবহৃত হবে" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "কার্সার আঁকায় ব্যবহৃত দ্বিতীয় রং" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4756,12 +4756,12 @@ msgstr "" "ডান-থেকে-বাম এবং বাম-থেকে-ডান এ লেখায় হয় এরকম টেক্সটের মিশ্রণ এডিট করার সময় " "অক্ষর ঢোকানোর (Insertion) কার্সার আঁকতে যে রং ব্যবহৃত হবে" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "কার্সার লাইনের আবয়ব অনুপাত" # বোঝা যাচ্ছে না -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "যে আবয়ব অনুপাতে অক্ষর ঢোকানোর (Insertion) কার্সার আঁকা হবে" diff --git a/po-properties/br.po b/po-properties/br.po index 1dc6a5a4d..63dd5a820 100644 --- a/po-properties/br.po +++ b/po-properties/br.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.3.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-15 16:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandrakesoft.com>\n" "Language-Team: br <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -96,115 +96,115 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Anv an nodezh" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1948,11 +1948,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2458,107 +2458,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4491,61 +4491,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/bs.po b/po-properties/bs.po index b230328b7..524ad9c38 100644 --- a/po-properties/bs.po +++ b/po-properties/bs.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties.gtk-2-4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-07-19 00:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kenan Hadžiavdić <kenan@bgnett.no>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal@linux.org.ba>\n" @@ -98,121 +98,121 @@ msgstr "Ekran" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Model za razgranati pregled" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Ime oznake" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Orijentacija trake s alatima" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Prostor između kolona" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Koristi veličinu u oznaci" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Orijentacija trake s alatima" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Ime fonta" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Trenutna boja" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2045,11 +2045,11 @@ msgstr "Naslov dijaloga za odabir fonta" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Podrška za uobičajeni iybornik datoteka" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Ime GtkFileChooser podrške koja će se koristiti uobičajeno" @@ -2581,116 +2581,116 @@ msgstr "Grafički element prikaza" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Visina prikaza" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Naslov otrgnutog" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Naslov koji upravitelj prozorima može prikazati kada je ovaj meni otrgnut" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Naslov otrgnutog" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Naslov koji upravitelj prozorima može prikazati kada je ovaj meni otrgnut" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikalno popunjavanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Dodatni prostor na vrhu i dnu menija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikalni razmak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "Kada je meni podmeni, postavi ga u vertikalnom raymaku od ovoliko piksli" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vodoravni razmak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" "Kada je meni podmeni, postavi ga u vodoravnom razmaku od ovoliko piksli" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Lijevo pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Broj kolone kojoj će se pripojiti lijeva strana podređenog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Desno pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Broj kolone kojoj će se pripojiti desna strana podređenog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Gornje pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Broj reda kojem će se pripojiti vrh podređenog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Donje pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Broj reda kojem će se pripojiti dno podređenog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Dopuštena izmjena prečica" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Da li je dopuštena izmjena prečica pritiskanjem tipke nad stavkom menija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Vrijeme do pojavljivanja podmenija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Vrijeme koje kursor miša mora zadržati nad stavkom menija da bi se pojavio " "podizbornik" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Vrijeme do skrivanja podmenija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4725,52 +4725,52 @@ msgstr "Nemoj prikazati sve" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Da li gtk_widget_show_all() neće utjecati na ovaj grafički element" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Unutrašnji fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Da li crtati pokazivač fokusa u grafičkim elementima" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Širina linije fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Širina, u pikslama, linije pokazivača fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Šablon za crtanje linije fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Šablon koji se koristi za crtanje pokazivač fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Popunjavanje za fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Širina, u pikslama, između pokazivača fokusa i okvira grafičkog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Boja kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Boja kursora za unos" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Boja sekundarnog kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4778,11 +4778,11 @@ msgstr "" "Boja sekundarnog kursora pri izmjenama miješanog desno-na-lijevo i lijevo-na-" "desno teksta" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Omjer kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Omjer u kojem će se crtati kursor za unos" diff --git a/po-properties/ca.po b/po-properties/ca.po index 1cfe1ec22..217f91f46 100644 --- a/po-properties/ca.po +++ b/po-properties/ca.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-11-13 15:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jordi Mallach <jordi@sindominio.net>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <tradgnome@softcatala.org>\n" @@ -108,121 +108,121 @@ msgstr "Pantalla" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "El model per la vista d'arbre" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nom de marcador" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "L'orientació de la barra d'eines" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Espaiat de columnes" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etiqueta de la pestanya" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "L'orientació de la barra d'eines" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nom de família" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Color actual" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2095,11 +2095,11 @@ msgstr "El títol de finestra" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nom per defecte del tipus de lletra a utilitzar" @@ -2644,11 +2644,11 @@ msgstr "L'amplada de la disposició" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "L'alçada de la disposició" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Títol de Tearoff" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2656,115 +2656,115 @@ msgstr "" "Un títol que s'ha de visualitzar mitjançant el gestor de finestres quan " "aquest menú es desactivi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Títol de Tearoff" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Un títol que s'ha de visualitzar mitjançant el gestor de finestres quan " "aquest menú es desactivi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Separació vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "L'alineació d'espai a afegir de dalt a baix del giny, en punts" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Escala vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Escala horitzontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Fitxer adjunt esquerre" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "El número de columna per adjuntar la banda esquerra del fill a" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Fitxer adjunt dret" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "El número de columna per adjuntar la banda esquerra del fill a" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Fitxer adjunt superior" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "El número de fila per adjuntar la part inferior del fill a" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Fitxer adjunt inferior" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "El número de fila per adjuntar la part inferior del fill a" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Poden canviar els acceleradors" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Si els acceleradors del menú es poden canviar prement una tecla sobre l'ítem " "del menú" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Retard abans de que apareguen els submenús" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Temps mínim que ha d'estar el punter sobre un element de menú abans que " "aparegui el submenú" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Retard abans d'amagar un submenú" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4842,51 +4842,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Focus interior" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Si s'ha de dibuixar l'indicador del focus dins dels ginys" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Amplada de línia del focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Amplada, en píxels, de la línia indicadora del focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Patró de traç de la línia de focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Patró de traç utilitzat per dibuixar l'indicador del focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Separació del focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Amplada, en píxels, entre l'indicador de focus i el giny 'box'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Color del cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Color amb el que es dibuixa el cursor d'inserció" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Color del cursor secundari" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4894,11 +4894,11 @@ msgstr "" "Color per dibuixar el cursor d'inserció secundària en editar la barreja del " "text de dreta-a-esquerra i d'esquerra-a-dreta." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Ràtio d'aspecte de la línia del cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Ràtio d'aspecte amb el que dibuixar el cursor d'inserció" diff --git a/po-properties/cs.po b/po-properties/cs.po index e3e8d0c7d..39b07b38e 100644 --- a/po-properties/cs.po +++ b/po-properties/cs.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-02 15:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miloslav Trmac <bukm@centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <cs@li.org>\n" @@ -102,54 +102,54 @@ msgstr "Obrazovka" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "GdkScreen pro vykreslovač" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Název programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" "Název programu. Pokud není nastaven, je implicitně g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Verze programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Verze programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Řetězec copyrightu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Informace o copyrightu na program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Řetězec poznámek" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Poznámky o programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL WWW stránek" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "URL pro odkaz na WWW stránky programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Popisek WWW stránek" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -157,45 +157,45 @@ msgstr "" "Popisek pro odkaz na WWW stránky programu. Není-li nastaven, je implicitně " "roven URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autoři" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Seznam autorů programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumentátoři" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Seznam lidí dokumentujících program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Umělci" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Seznam lidí, kteří pro program tvořili grafiku" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Kredity překladatelů" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Kredity překladatelů. Tento řetězec by měl být označen jako přeložitelný" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -203,19 +203,19 @@ msgstr "" "Logo pro dialog o aplikaci. Pokud není nastaveno, je implicitně " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Název ikony s logem" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Pojmenovaná ikona, kterou použávat jako logo pro dialog o aplikaci." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Barva odkazu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Barva odkazů" @@ -2009,11 +2009,11 @@ msgstr "Titulek dialogu výběru souborů." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Požadovaná šířka widgetu tlačítka ve znacích." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Implicitní backend výběru souborů" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Název backendu GtkFileChooser, který používat implicitně" @@ -2525,111 +2525,111 @@ msgstr "Šířka rozložení" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Výška rozložení" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Titulek pro odtrhnutí" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Titulek, který může být zobrazen správcem oken, když je toto menu odtrženo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Stav odtrhnutí" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Booleovská hodnota, která určuje, jestli je menu odtrženo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Svislé doplnění" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Místo navíc nad a pod menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Svislé posunutí" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "Když menu je podmenu, umístit je svisle posunuté o tolik pixelů" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vodorovné posunutí" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "Když menu je podmenu, umístit je vodorovně posunuté o tolik pixelů" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Připevnění vlevo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Číslo sloupce, ke kterému připevnit levou stranu potomka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Připevnění vpravo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Číslo sloupce, ke kterému připevnit pravou stranu potomka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Připevnění nahoře" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Číslo řádku, ke kterému připevnit horní stranu potomka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Připevnění dole" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Číslo řádku, ke kterému připevnit dolní stranu potomka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Lze měnit akcelerátory" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Jestli mohou akcelerátory menu být změněny stiskem klávesy nad položkou menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Prodleva před zobrazením podmenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimální doba, kterou musí zůstat ukazatel nad položku menu, než se objeví " "podmenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Prodleva před skrytím podmenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4618,51 +4618,51 @@ msgstr "Nezobrazovat se všemi" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Jestli by gtk_widget_show_all() nemělo mít vliv na tento widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Vnitřní fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Jestli vykreslovat indikátor fokusu ve widgetech" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Šířka čáry fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Šířka čáry indikátoru fokusu, v bodech" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Vzorek čáry indikátoru fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Vzorek používaný při kreslení čáry indikátoru fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Doplnění fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Mezera mezi indikátorem fokusu a boxem widgetu, v pixelech" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Barva kurzoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Barva, kterou kreslit vkládací kurzor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Barva sekundárního kurzoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4670,11 +4670,11 @@ msgstr "" "Barva, kterou kreslit sekundární kurzor při editaci kombinovaného textu " "zleva doprava a zprava doleva" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Poměr čáry kurzoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Poměr, kterým kreslit kurzor pro vkládání" diff --git a/po-properties/cy.po b/po-properties/cy.po index 28f9e6cdc..c76992702 100644 --- a/po-properties/cy.po +++ b/po-properties/cy.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-07 02:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rhys Jones <rhys@sucs.org>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <gnome-cy@pengwyn.linux.org.uk>\n" @@ -98,11 +98,11 @@ msgstr "Sgrin" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "y GdkScreen ar gyfer y llunydd" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Enw'r rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -110,43 +110,43 @@ msgstr "" "Enw'r rhaglen. Os nad yw'r enw wedi ei osod, y dewis rhagosodedig yw " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Fersiwn rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Fersiwn y rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Llinyn hawlfraint" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Gwybodaeth hawlfraint ar gyfer y rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Llinyn sylwadau" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Sylwadau ynglŷn â'r rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "LAU safle gwe" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "LAU cyswllt i safle gwe'r rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Label safle gwe" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -154,45 +154,45 @@ msgstr "" "Y label ar gyfer y cyswllt i safle gwe'r rhaglen. Os nad yw wedi ei osod, fe " "ddefnyddir yr LAU fel label" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Awduron" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Rhestr o awduron y rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dogfennwyr" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Rhestr o'r rhai ysgrifennodd ddogfennaeth y rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artistiaid" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Rhestr o'r rhai gyfrannodd waith graffeg/celf i'r rhaglen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Clodau cyfieithwyr" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Diolchiadau i'r cyfieithwyr. Dylid marcio'r llinyn hwn yn gyfieithiadwy" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -200,19 +200,19 @@ msgstr "" "Logo ar gyfer y blwch ynghylch. Os na osodir hyn, y dewis rhagosodedig yw " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Enw Eicon y Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Enw'r eicon i'w ddefnyddio fel logo ar gyfer y blwch 'ynghylch'." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Lliw Cyswllt" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Lliw'r cysylltion" @@ -2028,11 +2028,11 @@ msgstr "Teitl y deialog dewis ffeil" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Lled dewisol y teclyn botwm, mewn nodau." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Ochr gefn rhagosod y dewisydd ffeil" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Enw'r ochr gefn GtkFileChooser i'w ddefnyddio'n rhagosod" @@ -2558,11 +2558,11 @@ msgstr "Lled y llunwedd" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Hyd y llunwedd" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Teitl Rhwygun" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2570,27 +2570,27 @@ msgstr "" "Teitl a all gael ei ddangos gan y rheolwr ffenestri pan rwygir y ddewislen " "hon" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Cyflwr Rhwygun" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Gwerth Boole sy'n penderfynu a chaiff y ddewislen ei rhwygo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Bylchu Fertigol" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Gofod ychwannegol ar ben a gwaelod y ddewislen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Atred Fertigol" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2598,11 +2598,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pan mae'r ddewislen yn isddewislen, ei leoli'r nifer yma o bicseli yn is yn " "fertigol" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Atred Llorweddol" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2610,64 +2610,64 @@ msgstr "" "Pan mae'r ddewislen yn isddewislen, ei leoli'r nifer yma o bicseli ar draws " "yn llorweddol" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Clymiad Chwith" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Rhif y golofn i glymu ochr chwith y plentyn iddi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Clymiad De" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Rhif y golofn i glymu ochr chwith y plentyn iddi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Clwm Pen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Rhif y rhes i glymu pen y plentyn iddi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Clwm Gwaelod" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Rhif y rhes i glymu gwaelod y plentyn iddi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Gellir newid cyflymwyr" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "A ellir newid cyflymwyr dewislenni gan wasgu bysell dros yr eitem dewislen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Saib cyn fo is-ddewislenni yn ymddangos" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Yr amser lleiaf rhaid i'r pwyntydd aros dros eitem dewislen cyn i'r is-" "ddewislen ymddangos" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Saib cyn cuddio is-ddewislen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4735,51 +4735,51 @@ msgstr "Dim \"dangos popeth\"" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "A ddylai gtk_widget_show_all() beidio ag affeithio'r teclyn hwn" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Ffocws Mewnol" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "A ddylid arlinio'r dangosydd ffocws o fewn teclynau" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Lled y llinell ffocws" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Lled, mewn picseli, y llinell dangos ffocws" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Patrwm llinell ffocws" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Y patrwm i'w ddefnyddio er mwyn arlunio y dangosydd ffocws" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Padio ffocws" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Lled, mewn picsel, rhwng y dangosydd ffocws a 'bocs' y teclyn" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Lliw y cyrchydd" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Pa liw i arlunio'r cyrchydd mewnosod" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Lliw y cyrchydd eilaidd" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4787,11 +4787,11 @@ msgstr "" "Y lliw i'w ddefnyddio er mwyn arlunio y cyrchydd mewnosod eilaidd tra'n " "golygu testun chwith-i'r-de a de-i'r-chwith cymysg" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Cymhareb agwedd llinell cyrchydd" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Cymhareb agwedd er mwyn arlunio'r cyrchydd mewnosod" diff --git a/po-properties/da.po b/po-properties/da.po index 76bc710f8..c905a4c14 100644 --- a/po-properties/da.po +++ b/po-properties/da.po @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-05 16:13+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Willemoes Hansen <mwh@sysrq.dk>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <dansk@klid.dk>\n" @@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ msgstr "Skærm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Optegnerens GdkScreen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Programnavn" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -136,43 +136,43 @@ msgstr "" "Programmets navn. Hvis dette ikke er angivet benyttes g_get_application_name" "()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Programversion" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Programmets version" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyright-streng" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyright-information for programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kommentarstreng" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Kommentarer om programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Websted-adresse" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "Adressen til programmets websted" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Websted-etiket" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -180,46 +180,46 @@ msgstr "" "Etiketten for adressen til programmets websted. Hvis denne ikke er angivet " "benyttes adressen." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Forfattere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Liste over programmets forfattere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumentører" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Liste over programmets dokumentører" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Kunstnere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" "Liste over mennesker der har bidraget med grafik og/eller lyd til programmmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Bidragydere til oversættelse" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Bidragydere til oversættelse. Denne streng skal markeres som oversætbar" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -227,19 +227,19 @@ msgstr "" "Et logo til om-vinduet. Hvis dette ikke er angivet benyttes " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Logoikonnavn" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Et navngivetikon der skal bruges som logo for om-vinduet." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Link-farve" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Farven på links" @@ -2051,11 +2051,11 @@ msgstr "Titlen på filvælgervinduet." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Den ønskede bredde på knapkontrollen i tegn." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Standard-filvælgerbagende" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Navn på den GtkFileChooser-bagende som skal anvendes som standard" @@ -2573,38 +2573,38 @@ msgstr "Bredden af layoutet" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Højden af layoutet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Afrivningstitel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "En titel som vindueshåndteringen kan vise når denne menu bliver revet af" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Afrivningstilstand" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "En sandhedsværdi der indikerer om menuen er afrevet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Lodret udfyldning" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Ekstra mellemrum i toppen og bunden af menuen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Lodret afstand" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2612,11 +2612,11 @@ msgstr "" "Placér menuen med en afstand på dette antal punkter lodret når menuen er en " "undermenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vandret afstand" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2624,63 +2624,63 @@ msgstr "" "Placér menuen med en afstand på dette antal punkter vandret når menuen er en " "undermenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Venstre vedhæftning" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Det kolonnenummer som venstre side af barnet skal vedhæftes" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Højre vedhæftning" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Det kolonnenummer som venstre side af barnet skal vedhæftes" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Topvedhæftning" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Det rækkenummer som toppen af barnet skal vedhæftes" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Bundvedhæftning" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Det rækkenummer som bunden af barnet skal vedhæftes" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kan ændre genveje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "Om menugenveje kan ændres ved at trykke på en tast over menupunktet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Ventetid før undermenuer dukker op" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Det mindste tidsrum markøren skal befinde sig over et menupunkt før " "undermenuen dukker op" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Ventetid før en undermenu skjules" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4713,52 +4713,52 @@ msgstr "Ingen vis alle" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Om gtk_widget_show_all() ikke skal påvirke denne kontrol" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Indvendig fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Om fokusindikatoren skal tegnes inde i kontrollen" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokuslinjebredde" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Bredde, i skærmpunkter, af fokuseringsindikatorens linje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Stiplingsmønster til fokuslinje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Stiplingsmønster der bruges til at tegne fokuseringsindikatoren" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokusudfyldning" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Bredde, i skærmpunkter, mellem fokuseringsindikatoren og kontrollens 'boks'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Markørfarve" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Farve som indtastningsmarkøren skal tegnes med" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Sekundær markørfarve" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4766,11 +4766,11 @@ msgstr "" "Farve som bruges til at tegne den sekundære indtastningsmarkør ved " "redigering af blandet højre-mod-venstre- og venstre-mod-højre-tekst" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Formatforhold for markørlinje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Det formatforhold indtastningsmarkøren skal tegnes med" diff --git a/po-properties/de.po b/po-properties/de.po index fd8f31063..d17594ad3 100644 --- a/po-properties/de.po +++ b/po-properties/de.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GTK+ 2.6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-20 17:15+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-20 17:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Frank Arnold <frank@scirocco-5v-turbo.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n" @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ msgstr "Bildschirm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Der GdkScreen für den Renderer" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Programmname" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -118,43 +118,43 @@ msgstr "" "Der Name des Programms. Wird dies leer gelassen, so hat es den Wert von " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Programmversion" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Die Version des Programms" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyright Zeichenkette" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyright-Informationen des Programms" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kommentare als Zeichenkette" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Kommentare über dieses Programme" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL der Webseite" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "Die URL der Webseite des Programms" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Titel der Webseite" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -162,46 +162,46 @@ msgstr "" "Die Beschriftung für die Webseite des Programms. Wird dies leer gelassen, so " "hat es den Wert der URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Programm von" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Autoren des Programms" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumentation von" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Autoren der Dokumentation" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Grafiken von" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Personen, die Grafiken für das Programm erstellt haben" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Übersetzung von" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Die Übersetzer des Programms. Diese Zeichenkette sollte als übersetzbar " "markiert werden" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -209,19 +209,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ein Logo für das Info-Fenster. Wird dies leer gelassen, so hat es den Wert " "von gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Name des Logo-Symbols" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Symbol, das für das Info-Fenster verwendet werden soll." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Farbe für Links" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Farbe für Hyperlinks" @@ -2071,11 +2071,11 @@ msgstr "Der Titel des Dateiwählers." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Die gewünschte Breite des Knopfes in Zeichen" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:627 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Vorgabe-Backend des Dateiwählers" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:628 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Der Name des per Vorgabe zu verwendenden GtkFileChooser-Backends" @@ -2603,11 +2603,11 @@ msgstr "Die Breite des Layouts" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Die Höhe des Layouts" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Abreißtitel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2615,107 +2615,107 @@ msgstr "" "Ein Titel, der evtl. vom Fenstermanager angezeigt wird, wenn dieses Menü " "abgerissen wurde" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Abreißstatus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Ein Boolscher Wert der anzeigt, ob das Menü abgerissen wurde" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikale Polsterung" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Die oben und unten am Menü hinzuzufügende Polsterung in Pixel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikaler Versatz" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "Wenn das Menü ein Untermenü ist, wird es vertikal um soviele Pixel versetzt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontaler Versatz" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" "Wenn das Menü ein Untermenü ist, wird es horizontal um soviele Pixel versetzt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Links anhängen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" "Die Spaltennummer, an die die linke Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Rechts anhängen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" "Die Spaltennummer, an die die rechte Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Oben anhängen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" "Die Spaltennummer, an die die obere Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Unten anhängen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" "Die Spaltennummer, an die die untere Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kürzel können geändert werden" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Sollen Menükürzel geändert werden können, indem man eine Taste drückt, wenn " "der Menüeintrag markiert ist?" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Verzögerung bis zum Erscheinen der Untermenüs" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Die Zeit, die sich der Mauszeiger über einem Menüeintrag befinden muss, " "bevor das Untermenü erscheint" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Verzögerung bis zum Verbergen eines Untermenüs" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4784,53 +4784,53 @@ msgstr "Kein Show-All" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Soll »gtk_widget_show_all()« dieses Widget nicht betreffen?" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Interner Fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Soll der Fokusanzeiger in Widgets dargestellt werden?" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Länge der Fokuszeile" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Die Breite der Fokusanzeiger-Linie in Pixel" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Strichelmuster der Fokuszeile" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Das zum Zeichnen des Fokusanzeigers verwendete Strichelmuster" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokus-Polsterung" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Der Abstand zwischen dem Fokusanzeiger und dem »Kasten« um das Widget in " "Pixel" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursorfarbe" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Die Farbe, in der der Einfügecursor gezeichnet werden soll" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Zweite Cursorfarbe" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4838,11 +4838,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die Farbe des zweiten Einfügecursors, wenn rechts- und linksläufiger Text " "gemischt bearbeitet werden." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Seitenverhältnis der Cursorzeile" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Das Seitenverhältnis, in dem der Einfügecursor gezeichnet werden soll" diff --git a/po-properties/el.po b/po-properties/el.po index bb988b36e..4e917b105 100644 --- a/po-properties/el.po +++ b/po-properties/el.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-03 18:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-03 12:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kostas <pkst@gmx.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <nls@tux.hellug.gr>\n" @@ -2611,11 +2611,11 @@ msgstr "Το πλάτος της διάταξης" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Το ύψος της διάταξης" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Αποσπώμενος Τίτλος" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2623,31 +2623,31 @@ msgstr "" "'Ενας τίτλος που μπορεί να προβάλλεται από το διαχειριστή παραθύρων όταν " "αυτό το μενού αποκόπτεται" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Αποσπώμενος Τίτλος" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "'Ενας τίτλος που μπορεί να προβάλλεται από το διαχειριστή παραθύρων όταν " "αυτό το μενού αποκόπτεται" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Κάθετο γέμισμα" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Έξτρα διάστημα πάνω και κάτω από το μενού" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Κάθετη κλίμακα" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2655,11 +2655,11 @@ msgstr "" "Αν το μενού είναι ένα υπομενού, η θέση του σε εικονοστοιχεία σε κάθετη " "κλίμακα" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Οριζόντια κλίμακα" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2667,65 +2667,65 @@ msgstr "" "Αν το μενού είναι ένα υπομενού, η θέση του σε εικονοστοιχεία σε οριζόντια " "κλίμακα" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Αριστερό συνημμένο" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Ο αριθμός στήλης που επισυνάπτεται στην αριστερή πλευρά του θυγατρικού" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Δεξί συνημμένο" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Ο αριθμός στήλης που επισυνάπτεται στην αριστερή πλευρά του θυγατρικού" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Πρός τα πάνω συνημμένο" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Ο αριθμός γραμμής που επισυνάπτεται στο κάτω μέρος ενός θυγατρικού " -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Πρός τα κάτω συνημμένο" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Ο αριθμός γραμμής που επισυνάπτεται στο κάτω μέρος ενός θυγατρικού " -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Δυνατότητα αλλαγής συντομεύσεων" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Αν θα είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή συντομεύσεων μενού με την πίεση ενός κλειδιού " "πάνω στο αντικείμενο μενού" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Καθυστέρηση πριν την εμφάνιση των υπομενού" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Ελάχιστος χρόνος που θα στέκεται ο δρομέας πάνω σε ένα μενού μέχρι να " "εμφανιστεί το υπομενού" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Καθυστέρηση πριν την απόκρυψη ενός υπομενού" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" diff --git a/po-properties/en_CA.po b/po-properties/en_CA.po index 2b364a7b5..be2f14684 100644 --- a/po-properties/en_CA.po +++ b/po-properties/en_CA.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-28 22:53-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger <adamw@gnome.org>\n" "Language-Team: English/Canada <adamw@FreeBSD.org>\n" @@ -98,11 +98,11 @@ msgstr "Screen" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Program name" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -110,43 +110,43 @@ msgstr "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Program version" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "The version of the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyright string" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyright information for the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Comments string" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Comments about the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Website URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Website label" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -154,45 +154,45 @@ msgstr "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Authors" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "List of authors of the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Documenters" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "List of people documenting the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artists" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Translator credits" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -200,19 +200,19 @@ msgstr "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Logo Icon Name" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Link Colour" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Colour of hyperlinks" @@ -2013,11 +2013,11 @@ msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Default file chooser backend" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" @@ -2530,11 +2530,11 @@ msgstr "The width of the layout" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "The height of the layout" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tearoff Title" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2542,27 +2542,27 @@ msgstr "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Tearoff State" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn off" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertical Padding" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertical Offset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2570,11 +2570,11 @@ msgstr "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontal Offset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2582,63 +2582,63 @@ msgstr "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Left Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Right Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Top Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Bottom Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Can change accelerators" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Delay before submenus appear" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4645,51 +4645,51 @@ msgstr "No show all" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Interior Focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Focus linewidth" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Focus line dash pattern" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Focus padding" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4697,11 +4697,11 @@ msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Cursor line aspect ratio" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" diff --git a/po-properties/en_GB.po b/po-properties/en_GB.po index af74cd9f9..1ae58da16 100644 --- a/po-properties/en_GB.po +++ b/po-properties/en_GB.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 1.3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-13 20:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>\n" "Language-Team: \n" @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ msgstr "Screen" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Program name" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -109,43 +109,43 @@ msgstr "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Program version" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "The version of the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyright string" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyright information for the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Comments string" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Comments about the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Website URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Website label" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -153,45 +153,45 @@ msgstr "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Authors" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "List of authors of the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Documenters" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "List of people documenting the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artists" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Translator credits" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -199,19 +199,19 @@ msgstr "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Logo Icon Name" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Link Colour" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Colour of hyperlinks" @@ -2012,11 +2012,11 @@ msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Default file chooser backend" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" @@ -2541,11 +2541,11 @@ msgstr "The width of the layout" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "The height of the layout" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tearoff Title" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2553,27 +2553,27 @@ msgstr "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Tearoff State" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertical Padding" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertical Offset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2581,11 +2581,11 @@ msgstr "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontal Offset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2593,63 +2593,63 @@ msgstr "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Left Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Right Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Top Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Bottom Attach" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Can change accelerators" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Delay before submenus appear" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4656,51 +4656,51 @@ msgstr "No show all" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Interior Focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Focus linewidth" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Focus line dash pattern" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Focus padding" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4708,11 +4708,11 @@ msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Cursor line aspect ratio" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" diff --git a/po-properties/es.po b/po-properties/es.po index 0cddccb3d..f9dec1dd3 100644 --- a/po-properties/es.po +++ b/po-properties/es.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: es\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-01 14:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: <es@li.org>\n" @@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ msgstr "Pantalla" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "El GdkScreen para el renderizador" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nombre del programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -123,43 +123,43 @@ msgstr "" "El nombre del programa. Si no estuviese establecido, se obtendrá de forma " "predeterminada mediante g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Versión del programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "La versión del programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Cadena del Copyright" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Información de derechos de copia del programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Cadena de comentarios" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Comentarios acerca del programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL del sitio web" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "La URL para el enlace al sitio web del programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etiqueta del sitio web" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -167,44 +167,44 @@ msgstr "" "La etiqueta para el enlace al sitio web del programa. Si no está " "establecida, se usará la URL de forma predeterminada" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autores" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Lista de autores del programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Documentadores" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Lista de gente documentando el programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artistas" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Lista de gente que han contribuido con trabajo artístico al programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Créditos de traducción" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Créditos a los traductores." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logotipo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -212,19 +212,19 @@ msgstr "" "Un logo para la caja acerca de. Si no se establece, lo predeterminado es " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nombre del icono del logotipo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Un icono con nombre para usar como el logo para la caja «Acerca de»." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Color del enlace" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Color de los hiperenlaces" @@ -2068,11 +2068,11 @@ msgstr "El título del diálogo de selección de archivos" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "La anchura deseada del widget del botón, en caracteres." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Backend predeterminado del selector de archivos" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nombre del backend del GtkFilechooser a usar por omisión" @@ -2594,11 +2594,11 @@ msgstr "La anchura de la disposición" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "La altura de la disposición" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Título del separador" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2606,27 +2606,27 @@ msgstr "" "Un título que debe mostrarse por el administrador de ventanas cuando este " "menú se encuentre cerrado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Estado de desprendimiento" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Un booleano que indica su el menú ha sido desprendido" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Relleno vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "El espacio adicional por encima y por debajo del menú" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Desplazamiento vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2634,11 +2634,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando el menú es un submenú, colocarlo este número de píxeles desplazado " "verticalmente" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Desplazamiento horizontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2646,65 +2646,65 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando el menú es un submenú, colocarlo este número de píxeles desplazado " "horizontalmente" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Adjunto izquierdo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "La cantidad de columnas a añadirse hacia el lado izquierdo del hijo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Adjunto derecho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "La cantidad de columnas a añadirse hacia el lado derecho del hijo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Adjunto superior" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "El número de filas a añadirse hacia arriba del hijo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Añadido inferior" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "El número de filas a añadirse hacia abajo del hijo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Puede cambiar combinaciones" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Indica si las combinaciones de teclas del menú pueden ser cambiadas " "presionando una tecla sobre el elemento de menú" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Retraso antes de que el submenú aparezca" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Tiempo mínimo en que el puntero debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú " "antes de que el submenú aparezca" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Retraso antes de ocultar un submenú" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4793,51 +4793,51 @@ msgstr "No mostrar todo" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Indica que gtk_widget_show_all() no debe afectar a este widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Foco interior" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Indica si dibujar el foco indicador dentro de los widgets" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Dar foco al ancho de línea" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Ancho, en píxeles, de la línea indicadora del foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Dar foco a la línea con patrón punteado" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Patrón punteado utilizado para dibujar el indicador de foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Relleno del foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Ancho, en píxeles, entre el indicador de foco y la «caja» del widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Color del cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Color con el cual dibujar el cursor de inserción" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Color secundario del cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4845,11 +4845,11 @@ msgstr "" "Color con el cual dibujar el cursor de inserción secundario cuando se esta " "editando una mezcla de texto de derecha-a-izquierda y izquierda-a-derecha" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Proporción de la línea del cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "La proporción con la cual dibujar el cursor de inserción" diff --git a/po-properties/et.po b/po-properties/et.po index 61a96c739..9a9555df1 100644 --- a/po-properties/et.po +++ b/po-properties/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-02 23:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tõivo Leedjärv <toivo@linux.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <gnome-et@linux.ee>\n" @@ -101,118 +101,118 @@ msgstr "Ekraan" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Valitud kirjatüübi nimi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Valitud kirjatüübi nimi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Kirjatüübi nimi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Praegune värv" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1975,11 +1975,11 @@ msgstr "Kirjatüübi valiku dialoogiakna pealkiri" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Vaikimisi kasutatava kirjatüübi nimi" @@ -2495,107 +2495,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4532,61 +4532,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/eu.po b/po-properties/eu.po index efd6d7d8b..c7aee5872 100644 --- a/po-properties/eu.po +++ b/po-properties/eu.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+.gtk-2-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-08 12:21GMT\n" "Last-Translator: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza <hizpol@ej-gv.es>\n" "Language-Team: basque <itzulpena@euskalgnu.org>\n" @@ -110,123 +110,123 @@ msgstr "Pantaila" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Zuhaitz-ikuspegirako modeloa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Etiketa-izena" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Tresna-barraren orientazioa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Zutabeen tartea" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Fitxa-etiketa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Tresna-barraren orientazioa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" # -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Letra-tipoaren izena" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" # -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "_Kolorea" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2165,11 +2165,11 @@ msgstr "Leihoaren izenburua" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2734,124 +2734,124 @@ msgstr "Diseinuaren zabalera" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Diseinuaren altuera" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Askagarriaren izenburua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Menu hau bereiztean leiho-kudeatzaileak bistara dezakeen izenburua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Askagarriaren izenburua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Menu hau bereiztean leiho-kudeatzaileak bistara dezakeen izenburua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Tarte betegarri bertikala" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Trepetaren goian eta behean gehitu beharreko lekua, pixeletan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Eskala bertikala" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" # -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Eskala horizontala" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Ezkerreko eranskina" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Umearen ezkerreko aldean erantsi beharreko zutabeen kopurua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Eskuineko eranskina" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Umearen ezkerreko aldean erantsi beharreko zutabeen kopurua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Goiko eranskina" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Umearen behean erantsi beharreko errenkaden kopurua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Beheko eranskina" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Umearen behean erantsi beharreko errenkaden kopurua" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Bizkortzaileak alda daitezke" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Tekla menu-elementuan sakatzean menu-bizkortzailea alda daitekeen ala ez " "adierazten du" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Azpimenuak agertu aurreko atzerapena" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Azpimenua agertzeko erakusleak menu-elementu baten gainean gutxienez " "zenbatdenbora egon behar duen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Azpimenua ezkutatu aurreko atzerapena" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4977,53 +4977,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Barneko fokua" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" "Foku-adierazlea trepeten barruan marraztu behar den ala ez adierazten du" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Enfokatu lerroaren zabalera" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Foku-adierazlearen lerroaren zabalera, pixeletan" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Enfokatu marra etenaren eredua" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Marra etenaren eredua foku-adierazlea marrazteko erabiltzen da" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokuaren tarte betegarria" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Foku-adierazlearen eta trepetako 'laukia'ren arteko zabalera, pixeletan" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Kurtsorearen kolorea" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Txertatze-kurtsorea marrazteko kolorea" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Kurtsorearen bigarren mailako kolorea" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -5031,11 +5031,11 @@ msgstr "" "Eskuinetik ezkerrera eta ezkerretik eskuinera doan testu nahasia editatzean, " "bigarren txertatze-kurtsorea marrazteko kolorea" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Kurtsore-lerroaren aspektu-erlazioa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Txertatze-kurtsorea marrazteko aspektu-erlazioa" diff --git a/po-properties/fa.po b/po-properties/fa.po index 166c5bc9d..075f63b1a 100644 --- a/po-properties/fa.po +++ b/po-properties/fa.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-03 17:49+0330\n" "Last-Translator: Roozbeh Pournader <roozbeh@sharif.edu>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <farsi@lists.sharif.edu>\n" @@ -104,121 +104,121 @@ msgstr "صفحهنمایش" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "مدل نمایش درختی" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "نام برچسب" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "نمایهی صفحهی فعلی" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "فاصلهگذاری ستونها" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "برچسب منو" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "نمایهی صفحهی فعلی" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "نام قلم" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "رنگ فعلی" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1999,11 +1999,11 @@ msgstr "عنوان پنجره" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده" @@ -2524,107 +2524,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4566,61 +4566,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "رنگ مکاننما" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "رنگ مکاننمای ثانویه" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/fi.po b/po-properties/fi.po index a95949440..4dfb1c5fb 100644 --- a/po-properties/fi.po +++ b/po-properties/fi.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-04-13 23:29-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Pauli Virtanen <pauli.virtanen@hut.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <gnome-fi-laatu@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -107,121 +107,121 @@ msgstr "Näyttö" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Puunäkymän malli" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Lapun nimi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Työkalupalkin asento" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Sarakeväli" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Välilehden nimiö" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Työkalupalkin asento" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Kirjasimen nimi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Nykyinen väri" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2085,11 +2085,11 @@ msgstr "Ikkunan otsikko" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Oletuskirjasimen nimi" @@ -2632,124 +2632,124 @@ msgstr "Asetelman leveys" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Asetelman korkeus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Irrotettava otsikko" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Otsikko, jonka ikkunointiohjelma voi näyttää, kun tämä valikko on irrotettu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Irrotettava otsikko" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Otsikko, jonka ikkunointiohjelma voi näyttää, kun tämä valikko on irrotettu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Pystytäyte" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Säätimen ylä- ja alapuolelle lisättävä väli kuvapisteinä." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Pystyskaalaus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vaakaskaalaus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Vasen kiinnitys" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Sen sarakkeen numero, johon lapsen vasen sivu kiinnittyy" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Oikea kiinnitys" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Sen sarakkeen numero, johon lapsen vasen sivu kiinnittyy" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Yläkiinnitys" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Sen rivin numero, johon lapsen alasivu kiinnittyy" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Alakiinnitys" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Sen rivin numero, johon lapsen alasivu kiinnittyy" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Voi muuttaa pikavalintoja" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Voiko valikon pikavalintoja muuttaa painamalla näppäintä valikkokohdan päällä" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Alivalikkojen ilmestymisviive" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Aika, jonka osoittimen täytyy olla valikkokohdan yllä ennen alivalikon " "ilmestymistä" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Alivalikon piilotusviive" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4793,52 +4793,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Kohdistus sisällä" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Piirtyykö kohdistusilmaisin säätimien sisälle" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Kohdistusviivan leveys" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Kohdistusilmaisimen viivan leveys kuvapisteinä" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Kohdistusviivan kuvio" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Kohdistusilmaisimen viivakuvio" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Kohdistusväli" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Säätimen \"laatikon\" ja kohdistusilmaisimen välinen leveys kuvapisteinä" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Kohdistimen väri" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Minkä värisenä syöttökohdistin piirtyy" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Toissijainen kohdistimen väri" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4846,11 +4846,11 @@ msgstr "" "Väri, jolla toissijainen lisäyskohdistin piirtyy, kun muokataan sekaisin " "vasemmalta oikealle ja oikealta vasemmalle kulkevaa tekstiä" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Kohdistinviivan sivusuhde" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Lisäyskohdistimen piirrettävien sivujen suhde" diff --git a/po-properties/fr.po b/po-properties/fr.po index f510a9104..356e8acd3 100644 --- a/po-properties/fr.po +++ b/po-properties/fr.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+_properties 2.3.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-24 19:01+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Christophe Merlet (RedFox) <redfox@redfoxcenter.org>\n" "Language-Team: GNOME French Team <gnomefr@traduc.org>\n" @@ -105,121 +105,121 @@ msgstr "Écran" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Modèle pour la vue de l'arbre" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nom de la balise" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "L'orientation de la barre d'outils" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Espacement des colonnes" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Utiliser la taille dans l'étiquette" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "L'orientation de la barre d'outils" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nom de la police" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Couleur courante" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2073,11 +2073,11 @@ msgstr "Le titre de la boîte de dialogue de sélection de polices" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nom du moteur du système de fichiers à utiliser" @@ -2622,11 +2622,11 @@ msgstr "La largeur de la mise en page" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "La hauteur de la mise en page" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Titre du séparateur" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2634,105 +2634,105 @@ msgstr "" "Un titre que le gestionnaire de fenêtres peut afficher lorsque le menu est " "détaché" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Titre du séparateur" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Un titre que le gestionnaire de fenêtres peut afficher lorsque le menu est " "détaché" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Bourrage vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Espace supplémentaire en haut et en bas du menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Décalage vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Décalage horizontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Attache à gauche" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Le numéro de colonnes pour y attacher le coté gauche du fils" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Attache à droite" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Le numéro de colonnes pour y attacher le coté froit du fils" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Attache en haut" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Le numéro de lignes pour y attacher le haut du fils" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Attache en bas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Le numéro de lignes pour y attacher le bas du fils" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Peut modifier les accélérateurs" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Indique si les accélérateurs pour les entrées de menu peuvent être modifiés " "en pressant une combinaison de touche au-dessus d'une entrée de menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Délai avant que les sous-menus apparaissent" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Durée minimum que le pointeur doit passé sur un élément de menu avant que le " "sous-menu apparaisse" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Délai avant de cacher un sous-menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4831,55 +4831,55 @@ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" "Indique si gtk_widget_show_all() ne doit pas affecter ce composant graphique" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Focus intérieur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" "Indique si l'indicateur de focus doit être dessiné à l'intérieur des " "composants graphiques" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Épaisseur de l'indicateur de focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Épaisseur, en pixels, de la ligne permettant d'indiquer le focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Type de pointillés de l'indicateur de focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Type de pointillés utilisé pour dessiner l'indicateur de focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Bourrage du focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Espacement, en pixels, entre l'indicateur de focus et la « boîte » du " "composant graphique" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Couleur du curseur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Couleur utilisée pour dessiner le curseur d'insertion" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Couleur alternative du curseur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4888,11 +4888,11 @@ msgstr "" "lors de l'édition simultanée de texte s'écrivant de droite à gauche et de " "gauche à droite" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Ratio d'aspect de la ligne de curseur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Ratio d'aspect avec lequel dessiner l'insertion du curseur" diff --git a/po-properties/ga.po b/po-properties/ga.po index ccc05d1d8..c1a9996ba 100644 --- a/po-properties/ga.po +++ b/po-properties/ga.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-14 07:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry@computer.org\n" "Language-Team: Gaeilge <gaeilge-gnulinux@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -96,117 +96,117 @@ msgstr "Scáileán" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Leibéal Chlár" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Ainm Clófhoireann" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Dath Reatha" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1957,11 +1957,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2468,107 +2468,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4502,61 +4502,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/gl.po b/po-properties/gl.po index 0b4d3cabd..fb0a772b3 100644 --- a/po-properties/gl.po +++ b/po-properties/gl.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 1.3.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2000-08-10 23:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jesus Bravo Alvarez <jba@pobox.com>\n" "Language-Team: Galician <trasno@ceu.fi.udc.es>\n" @@ -107,116 +107,116 @@ msgstr "Pantalla" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Familia:" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Poñer Cor" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2023,11 +2023,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2557,109 +2557,109 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Estilo de Fonte" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Estilo de Fonte" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4631,61 +4631,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/gu.po b/po-properties/gu.po index b67a7a120..c1b3db4ac 100644 --- a/po-properties/gu.po +++ b/po-properties/gu.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-25 01:10+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n" @@ -97,121 +97,121 @@ msgstr "સ્ક્રીન" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "ટ્રીના રૂપમાં દર્શન કરવા માટેનું મોડલ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "નિશાનીનુ નામ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીની દિશા" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "સ્તંભ વચ્ચેની જગ્યા" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "ટેબનુ લેબલ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીની દિશા" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "ફોન્ટનું નામ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "રંગ પસંદ કરો" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1982,11 +1982,11 @@ msgstr "વિન્ડોનું શીર્ષક" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2513,107 +2513,107 @@ msgstr "દેખાવની પહોળાઈ" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "દેખાવની ઊંચાઈ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tearoff શીર્ષક" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "જ્યારે આ મેનુ બંધ કરવામાં આવે ત્યારે વિન્ડો મેનેજર દ્રારા આ શીર્ષક દર્શાવવામાં આવે" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Tearoff શીર્ષક" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "જ્યારે આ મેનુ બંધ કરવામાં આવે ત્યારે વિન્ડો મેનેજર દ્રારા આ શીર્ષક દર્શાવવામાં આવે" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "ઊભી દિશામાં ખાલી જગ્યાઓ ભરવી" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "વિજેટની ઉપર અને નીચે બાજુને ઉમેરવામંા આવતી જગ્યા પિક્સેલમંા" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "ઉભુ માપદંડ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "આડુ માપદંડ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "ડાબેથી જોડાયેલુ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "બાળની ડાબી બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો સ્તંભનો ક્રમાંક" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "જમણેથી જોડાયેલુ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "બાળની ડાબી બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો સ્તંભનો ક્રમાંક" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "ઉપરથી જોડાયેલુ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "બાળને નીચેથી જોડવાની હરોળની સંખ્યા" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "નીચેથી જોડાયેલુ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "બાળને નીચેથી જોડવાની હરોળની સંખ્યા" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "પ્રવેગ(accelerators) બદલી શકે છે" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "શું મેનુની વસ્તુ ઉપર કી દબાવવાથી મેનુનો પ્રવેગ બદલી શકાય છે?" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "સબમેનુ ઓવે તે પહેલાનો સમયાંતર" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "સબમેનુ આવતાં પહેલા ન્યૂનતમ સમય કે જ્યાં સુધી પોઈન્ટર મેનુ પર રહેવુ જોઈઅે" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "સબમેનુ છૂપાડતા પહેલાનો સમયાંતર" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4590,51 +4590,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "અાંતરીક પ્રકાશન" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "શું પ્રકાશન માટેના સૂચકને વિજેટની અંદર દેખાડવુ છે" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "લીટીની પહોળાઈને પ્રકાશિત કરો" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "પ્રકાશન સૂચક લીટીની, પહોળાઈ, પિક્સેલમાં" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "લીટીની તૂટક ભાતને પ્રકાશિત કરો" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "પ્રકાશન સૂચકને દોરવા માટે તૂટક ભાતનો ઉપયોગ થાય છે" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "પૂરાયેલી ખાલી જગ્યાને પ્રકાશિત કરો" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "પ્રકાશિત સૂચક અને વિજેટ પેટીની વચ્ચેની,પહોળાઈ,પિક્સેલમાં" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "કર્સર નો રંગ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "રંગ કે જેનાથી દાખલ કરવા માટેનું કર્સર દોરાય છે" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "કર્સરનો ગૈાણ રંગ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4642,11 +4642,11 @@ msgstr "" "જ્યારે મિશ્રિત જમણેથી-ડાબે કે ડાબેથી-જમણે લખાણનું ફેરફાર કરતા હોઈએ ત્યારેદાખલ કરવા માટેના " "ગૈાણ કર્સરને દોરવા માટેનો રંગ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "કર્સર લીટી માટેનો ધારેલો ગુણોત્તર" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "ધારેલો ગુણોત્તર કે જેનાથી દાખલ કરવા માટેનુ કર્સર દોરાય છે" diff --git a/po-properties/he.po b/po-properties/he.po index 434521bdf..cf4a9bf2b 100644 --- a/po-properties/he.po +++ b/po-properties/he.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+.HEAD.he\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-12-07 10:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Gil 'Dolfin' Osher <dolfin@rpg.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <he@li.org>\n" @@ -117,121 +117,121 @@ msgstr "צג" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "מצב הניתן לעריכה של CellRenderer" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "שם התג" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "האינדקס של העמוד הנוכחי" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "מרווח בין עמודות" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "תוית הכרטיסייה" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "האינדקס של העמוד הנוכחי" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "שם הגופן" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "צבע נוכחי" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2068,11 +2068,11 @@ msgstr "הכותרת של החלון" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "שם גופן ברירת המחדל לשימוש" @@ -2600,113 +2600,113 @@ msgstr "רוחב הפריסה" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "גובה הפריסה" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "כותרת נתלש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "הכותרת שתוצג על-ידי מנהל החלונות כאשר תפריט זה יתלש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "כותרת נתלש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "הכותרת שתוצג על-ידי מנהל החלונות כאשר תפריט זה יתלש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "מילוי אנכי" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "שיעור אנכי" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "שיעור אופקי" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "_תחתית" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "יכול לשנות מאיצים" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "השהייה לפני שתת-תפריטים מופיעים" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4673,61 +4673,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "מוקד מילוי" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "צבע סמן" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/hi.po b/po-properties/hi.po index d35b44c24..af71c5a67 100644 --- a/po-properties/hi.po +++ b/po-properties/hi.po @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties.HEAD.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-07-19 21:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Ravishankar Shrivastava <raviratlami@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <indlinux-hindi@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -147,121 +147,121 @@ msgstr "स्क्रीन" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "विकल्पों का ट्री व्यू दिखाएँ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "टैग नाम" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "उपकरण-पट्टी की दिशा" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "कालम के बीच की दूरी" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "लेबल में फ़ॉन्ट उपयोग करें" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "उपकरण-पट्टी की दिशा" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "फ़ॉन्ट नाम" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "वर्तमान रंग" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2170,12 +2170,12 @@ msgstr "फ़ॉन्ट चयन संवाद का शीर्षक" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 #, fuzzy msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "इस फ़ाइल हेतु डिफ़ॉल्ट" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2719,121 +2719,121 @@ msgstr "अभिन्यास की चौड़ाई" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "अभिन्यास की ऊंचाई" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "विन्डो शीर्षक" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "जब इस मेनू का प्रदर्शन बंद किया जाएगा तब विंडो प्रबंधक द्वारा शीर्षक प्रदर्शित किया जाएगा" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "विन्डो शीर्षक" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "जब इस मेनू का प्रदर्शन बंद किया जाएगा तब विंडो प्रबंधक द्वारा शीर्षक प्रदर्शित किया जाएगा" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "आंतरिक रिक्त स्थान" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "विज़ेट के ऊपर नीचे जोड़ी जाने वाले रिक्त स्थान की मात्रा पिक्सल में" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "उर्ध्वाधर पैमाना" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "छैतिज पैमाना" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "फाइल जोड़ें" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "फाइल जोड़ें" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "विज़ेट के बांयी तथा दांयी ओर जोड़ी जाने वाली रिक्त स्थान की मात्रा पिक्सल में" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "फाइल जोड़ें" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "चाइल्ड पाइप (%s) से पढ़ने में असफल" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "फाइल जोड़ें" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "चाइल्ड पाइप (%s) से पढ़ने में असफल" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "त्वरक को परिवर्तित बदला जा सकता है" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "क्या मेनू पर एक कुंजी दबाने पर मेनू त्वरकों को बदला जा सकता है?" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 #, fuzzy msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "-- कमांड चलाने से पहले प्रामाणीकरण करें" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "-- कमांड चलाने से पहले प्रामाणीकरण करें" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4892,67 +4892,67 @@ msgstr "सभी शीर्ष दिखाएँ" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 #, fuzzy msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "कोई फ़ोकस नहीं" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 #, fuzzy msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "फोकस सूचक तथा विज़ेट के बीच की चौड़ाई, पिक्सल में" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 #, fuzzy msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "कोई फ़ोकस नहीं" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "फोकस सूचक लाइन की चौड़ाई, पिक्सल में" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 #, fuzzy msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "फोकस सूचक तथा विज़ेट के बीच की चौड़ाई, पिक्सल में" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 #, fuzzy msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "आंतरिक रिक्त स्थान" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "फोकस सूचक तथा विज़ेट बक्से के बीच की चौड़ाई, पिक्सेल्स में" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "संकेतक का रंग" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "प्रविष्टि संकेतक का रंग क्या हो" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "द्वितीयक संकेतक रंग" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 #, fuzzy msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "आकृति अनुपात \"%s\" अज्ञात है" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/hr.po b/po-properties/hr.po index 7ec56f94b..db43acb51 100644 --- a/po-properties/hr.po +++ b/po-properties/hr.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties 0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-24 05:39+CET\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Sedak <robert.sedak@sk.tel.hr>\n" "Language-Team: Croatian <lokalizacija@linux.hr>\n" @@ -102,121 +102,121 @@ msgstr "Zaslon" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Model za razgranati pregled" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Ime oznake" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Promijeni format izabranih ćelija" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Razmak stupaca" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Koristi veličinu u oznaci" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Promijeni format izabranih ćelija" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Ime pisma" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Odaberi boju" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2048,11 +2048,11 @@ msgstr "Naslov za dijalog odabira pisma" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Podrška za pretpostavljeni odabiratelj datoteka" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Ime podrške koja će se koristiti za GtkFileChooser " @@ -2584,116 +2584,116 @@ msgstr "Širina prikaza" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Visina prikaza" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Naslov otrgnutog" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Naslov koji može prikazati upravitelj prozora kada se ovaj izbornik isključi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Naslov otrgnutog" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Naslov koji može prikazati upravitelj prozora kada se ovaj izbornik isključi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Okomito ispunjavanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Količina razmaka koji se dodaje na vrhu i na dnu izbornika" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Uspravni pomak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "Kada je izbornik podizbornik, pomakni ga okomito za ovaj broj piksela" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vodoravni razmak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" "Kada je izbornik podizbornik, pomakni ga vodoravno za ovaj broj piksela" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Lijevo pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Broj stupci za koju prikvačiti lijevu stranu sadržanog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Desno pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Broj stupci za koju prikvačite desnu stranu sadržanog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Gornje pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Broj reda za koji prikačiti gornju stranu sadržanog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Donji dodatak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Broj reda za koji prikačiti donju stranu djeteta" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Dozvoljena izmjena kratica" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Može li kratica izbornika biti promijenjena pritiskom na tipke nad stavkom " "izbornika" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Vrijeme prije pojave podizbornika" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Najmanje vrijeme koje se pokazivač miša mora zadržati preko stavke izbornika " "da bi se pojavio podizbornik" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Vrijeme prije skrivanja podizbornika" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4719,52 +4719,52 @@ msgstr "Bez prikazivanja svega" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Može ligtk_widget_show_all() utjecati na ovu komponentu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Unutrašnji fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Može li biti pokazatelj fokusa nacrtan unutar komponente" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Debljina fokusne linije" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Širina, u tačkama, linije koju pokazuje element u fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Obrazac crtanja fokusne linije" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Uzorak po kojem se crta pokazatelj elementa u fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokusna popuna" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Širina, u tačkama, između pokazatelja elementa u fokusu i komponente okvira" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Boja pokazivača" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Boja kojom se iscrtava pokazivač za unos" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Druga boja kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4772,11 +4772,11 @@ msgstr "" "Boja kojom se iscrtava drugi kursor za unos pri unosu miješanog teksta s " "desna na lijevo, i teksta s lijeva na desno" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Omjer prikaza pokazivača" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Razmjer u kojem se iscrtava pokazivač za unos" diff --git a/po-properties/hu.po b/po-properties/hu.po index e98df60e0..ead4650e7 100644 --- a/po-properties/hu.po +++ b/po-properties/hu.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-21 15:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Laszlo Dvornik <dvornik@gnome.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <gnome@gnome.hu>\n" @@ -97,114 +97,114 @@ msgstr "Képernyő" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Programnév" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Programverzió" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "A program verziója" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyright szöveg" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyright-információ a programról" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Megjegyzések" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Megjegyzések a programról" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Webhely URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "A program webhelyére mutató hivatkozás URL-je" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Webhely címke" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Szerzők" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "A program szerzőinek listája" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumentáció írói" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "A program dokumentációját író emberek listája" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Fordítók" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "A fordítók listája. Ez a karakterlánc fordítandó" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logó" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Logóikon neve" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Hivatkozás színe" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Hiperhivatkozások színe" @@ -1955,11 +1955,11 @@ msgstr "A fájlválasztó párbeszédablak címe." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2466,107 +2466,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Függőleges kitöltés" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Függőleges eltolás" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vízszintes eltolás" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4499,61 +4499,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Kurzor színe" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Másodlagos kurzor színe" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/ia.po b/po-properties/ia.po index 2d53d53d0..2ccc93d2d 100644 --- a/po-properties/ia.po +++ b/po-properties/ia.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 1.3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2000-10-27 02:02+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Brady <rwb197@zepler.org>\n" "Language-Team: Interlingua\n" @@ -99,116 +99,116 @@ msgstr "Screen" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Familia:" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Definir Color" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1992,11 +1992,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2518,110 +2518,110 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Question" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Question" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Familia:" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4580,61 +4580,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/id.po b/po-properties/id.po index 9d834d146..6b0f6679f 100644 --- a/po-properties/id.po +++ b/po-properties/id.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-06-28 20:55+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Mohammad DAMT <mdamt@bisnisweb.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesia <sukarelawan@gnome.linux.or.id>\n" @@ -106,121 +106,121 @@ msgstr "Layar" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Model TreeView" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nama tag" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Arah orientasi toolbar" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Jarak antar kolom" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Label tab" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Arah orientasi toolbar" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nama font" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Warna saat ini" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2087,11 +2087,11 @@ msgstr "Judul window" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Font default yang digunakan" @@ -2637,122 +2637,122 @@ msgstr "Lebar layout" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Tinggi layout" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Judul saat disobek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Judul yang ditampilkan window manager saat menu ini disobek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Judul saat disobek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Judul yang ditampilkan window manager saat menu ini disobek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Isian vertikal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" "Ruangan yang diisikan pada sisi atas dan bawah widget dalam satuan piksel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Skala vertikal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Skala Horisontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Pasangan kiri" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Jumlah kolom yang dipasangkan pada sisi kiri anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Pasangan kanan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Jumlah kolom yang dipasangkan pada sisi kiri anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Pasangan atas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Jumlah baris yang dipasangkan pada sisi bawah anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Pasangan bawah" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Jumlah baris yang dipasangkan pada sisi bawah anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Dapat mengganti akselerator" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Menentukan apakah akselerator menu dapat dirubah dengan menekan tombol lain " "pada menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Jeda sebelum sub menu ditampilkan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "Waktu minimum saat pointer diam di atas menu sebelum submenu muncul" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Jeda sebelum menyembunyikan submenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4820,51 +4820,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Fokus interior" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Menentukan apakah menggambar indikator fokus di dalam widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Lebar garis fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Lebar garis indikator fokus dalam piksel" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Garis fokus berpola garis-garis" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Pola garis-garis yang digunakan untuk menggambar indikator fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Isian fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Lebar antara indikator fokus dan kotak widget dalam piksel" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Warna kursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Warna untuk menggambar kursor pengisian" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Wanra kursor sekunder" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4872,11 +4872,11 @@ msgstr "" "Warna yang akan digambarkan pada kursor pengisian sekunder saat mengedit " "campuran teks kanan-ke-kiri dan kiri-ke-kanan" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Rasio aspek garis kursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Rasio aspek yang digunakan saat menggambar kursor pengisian teks" diff --git a/po-properties/is.po b/po-properties/is.po index 5ce93fa25..5d19fa8c4 100644 --- a/po-properties/is.po +++ b/po-properties/is.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk 2.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-07-22 16:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Richard Allen <ra@ra.is>\n" "Language-Team: is <is@li.org>\n" @@ -102,116 +102,116 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Bil milli dálka" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "_Litur" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1986,11 +1986,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2507,116 +2507,116 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Lóðrétt viðfang" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Lóðrétt skölun" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Lárétt skölun" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Vinstra viðhengi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Númer dálksins sem hengja á við vinstri hlið barnssins" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Hægra viðhengi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Númer dálksins sem hengja á við vinstri hlið barnssins" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Efsta viðhengi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Númer raðarinnar sem hengja á við neðstu brún barnsins" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Neðsta viðhengi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Númer raðarinnar sem hengja á við neðstu brún barnsins" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4560,61 +4560,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/it.po b/po-properties/it.po index 6155da85c..584289e59 100644 --- a/po-properties/it.po +++ b/po-properties/it.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-30 19:01+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-30 19:01+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Alessio Dessì <alessiodessi@tiscali.it>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <tp@lists.linux.it>\n" @@ -16,93 +16,92 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:108 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:108 msgid "Number of Channels" msgstr "Numero di canali" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:109 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:109 msgid "The number of samples per pixel" msgstr "Il numero di campioni per pixel" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:119 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:119 msgid "Colorspace" msgstr "Spazio dei colori" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:120 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:120 msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted" msgstr "Lo spazio dei colori a cui appartengono i campioni" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:130 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:130 msgid "Has Alpha" msgstr "Usa alfa" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:131 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:131 msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel" msgstr "Indica se il pixbuf ha un canale alfa" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:145 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:145 msgid "Bits per Sample" msgstr "Bit per campione" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:146 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:146 msgid "The number of bits per sample" msgstr "Il numero di bit per campione" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:156 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:651 -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:241 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:156 gtk/gtklayout.c:651 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:241 msgid "Width" msgstr "Larghezza" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:157 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:157 msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf" msgstr "Il numero di colonne del pixbuf" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:167 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:660 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:167 gtk/gtklayout.c:660 msgid "Height" msgstr "Altezza" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:168 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:168 msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf" msgstr "Il numero di righe del pixbuf" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:185 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:185 msgid "Rowstride" msgstr "Spaziatura righe" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:186 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:186 msgid "" "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row" msgstr "Il numero di byte tra l'inizio di una riga e quello della successiva" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:196 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:196 msgid "Pixels" msgstr "Pixel" -#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:197 +#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:197 msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf" msgstr "Un puntatore ai dati dei pixel nel pixbuf" -#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:127 +#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:127 msgid "Default Display" msgstr "Display predefinito" -#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:128 +#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:128 msgid "The default display for GDK" msgstr "Il display predefinito per GDK" -#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:574 ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:116 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:533 +#: gdk/gdkpango.c:574 gtk/gtkinvisible.c:116 gtk/gtkwindow.c:533 msgid "Screen" msgstr "Schermo" -#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:575 +#: gdk/gdkpango.c:575 msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Il GdkScreen per il visualizzatore" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nome del programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -110,43 +109,43 @@ msgstr "" "Il nome del programma. Se non impostato ha come valore predefinito " "g_get_application_name()" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Versione del programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "La versione del programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Stringa di Copyright" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Informazioni di Copyright del programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Stringhe dei commenti" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Commenti sul programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL del sito web" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "L'URL per link al sito web del programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etichetta del sito web" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -154,46 +153,46 @@ msgstr "" "L'etichetta per il link al sito web del programma. Se non impostata ha come " "valore predefinito l'URL" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autori" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Elenco degli autori del programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Autori della documentazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Elenco delle persone che documentano il programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Grafici" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Lista delle persone che hanno contribuito alla grafica del programma" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Ringraziamenti ai traduttori" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Ringraziamenti ai traduttori. Questa stringa dovrebbe essere marcata come " "traducibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -201,88 +200,88 @@ msgstr "" "Un logo per la finestra «Informazioni». Se non impostato assume come valore " "predefinito gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nome dell'icona del logo" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Un'icona con nome da usare come logo per la finestra «Informazioni»." -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Colore del collegamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Colore dei link ipertestuali" -#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:139 +#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:139 msgid "Accelerator Closure" msgstr "Chiusura acceleratore" -#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:140 +#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:140 msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes" msgstr "La chiusura da controllare per le modifiche dell'acceleratore" -#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:146 +#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:146 msgid "Accelerator Widget" msgstr "Acceleratore del widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:147 +#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:147 msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes" msgstr "Il widget da controllare per le modifiche dell'acceleratore" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:196 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:134 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:196 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:134 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:197 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:197 msgid "A unique name for the action." msgstr "Un nome univoco per l'azione." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:204 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:220 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:206 -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:127 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:320 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:181 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:204 gtk/gtkbutton.c:220 gtk/gtkexpander.c:206 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:127 gtk/gtklabel.c:320 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:181 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:205 msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action." msgstr "" "L'etichetta usata per gli elementi del menu e i pulsanti che attivano questa " "azione." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:212 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:212 msgid "Short label" msgstr "Etichetta breve" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:213 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:213 msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons." msgstr "" "Un'etichetta più breve da utilizzare nei pulsanti della barra strumenti." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:219 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:219 msgid "Tooltip" msgstr "Suggerimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:220 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:220 msgid "A tooltip for this action." msgstr "Un suggerimento per questa azione." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:226 msgid "Stock Icon" msgstr "Icona dello stock" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:227 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:227 msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action." msgstr "" "L'icona dello stock visualizzata nel widget che rappresenta questa azione." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:234 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:159 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:234 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:159 msgid "Visible when horizontal" msgstr "Visibile quando orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:235 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:160 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:235 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:160 msgid "" "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal " "orientation." @@ -290,11 +289,11 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se l'elemento della barra strumenti è visibile quando essa è " "orizzontale." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:250 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:250 msgid "Visible when overflown" msgstr "Visibile quando fuori dai limiti" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:251 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:251 msgid "" "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar " "overflow menu." @@ -302,11 +301,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se TRUE, per questa azione i toolitem proxy sono rappresentati nel menu a " "cascata alla fine della barra strumenti." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:258 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:166 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:258 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:166 msgid "Visible when vertical" msgstr "Visibile quando verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:259 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:167 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:259 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:167 msgid "" "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical " "orientation." @@ -314,11 +313,11 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se l'elemento della barra strumenti è visibile quando questa è " "verticale." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:266 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:173 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:266 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:173 msgid "Is important" msgstr "È importante" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:267 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:267 msgid "" "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for " "this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode." @@ -326,37 +325,37 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se l'azione è considerata importante. Se TRUE, per questa azione i " "toolitem proxy visualizzano il testo nella modalità GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:275 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:275 msgid "Hide if empty" msgstr "Nascondere se vuoto" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:276 msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden." msgstr "Se TRUE, per questa azione i menu proxy vuoti vengono nascosti." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:282 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:142 -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:450 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:282 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:142 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:450 msgid "Sensitive" msgstr "Sensibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:283 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:283 msgid "Whether the action is enabled." msgstr "Indica se l'azione è abilitata." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:289 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:149 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:582 -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:225 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:443 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:289 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:149 gtk/gtktreeview.c:582 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:225 gtk/gtkwidget.c:443 msgid "Visible" msgstr "Visibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:290 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:290 msgid "Whether the action is visible." msgstr "Indica se l'azione è visibile." -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:296 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:296 msgid "Action Group" msgstr "Gruppo dell'azione" -#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:297 +#: gtk/gtkaction.c:297 msgid "" "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal " "use)." @@ -364,72 +363,72 @@ msgstr "" "Il GtkActionGroup a cui è associata questa GtkAction, oppure NULL (per uso " "interno)." -#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:135 +#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:135 msgid "A name for the action group." msgstr "Un nome per il gruppo dell'azione." -#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:143 +#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:143 msgid "Whether the action group is enabled." msgstr "Indica se il gruppo dell'azione è abilitato." -#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:150 +#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:150 msgid "Whether the action group is visible." msgstr "Indica se il gruppo dell'azione è visibile." -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:115 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:115 -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:303 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:115 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:115 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:303 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valore" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:116 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:116 msgid "The value of the adjustment" msgstr "Il valore di aggiustamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:132 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:132 msgid "Minimum Value" msgstr "Valore minimo" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:133 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:133 msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment" msgstr "Il valore minimo di aggiustamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:152 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:152 msgid "Maximum Value" msgstr "Valore massimo" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:153 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:153 msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment" msgstr "Il valore massimo di aggiustamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:169 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:169 msgid "Step Increment" msgstr "Passo dell'incremento" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:170 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:170 msgid "The step increment of the adjustment" msgstr "Il passo dell'incremento dell'aggiustamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:186 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:186 msgid "Page Increment" msgstr "Incremento di pagina" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:187 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:187 msgid "The page increment of the adjustment" msgstr "L'incremento di pagina dell'aggiustamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:206 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:206 msgid "Page Size" msgstr "Dimensione pagina" -#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:207 +#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:207 msgid "The page size of the adjustment" msgstr "La dimensione di pagina dell'aggiustamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:118 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:118 msgid "Horizontal alignment" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:119 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:271 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:119 gtk/gtkbutton.c:271 msgid "" "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is " "right aligned" @@ -437,11 +436,11 @@ msgstr "" "Posizione orizzontale del widget figlio nello spazio disponibile: 0.0 indica " "allineamento a sinistra, 1.0 indica allineamento a destra" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:128 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:128 msgid "Vertical alignment" msgstr "Allineamento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:129 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:290 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:129 gtk/gtkbutton.c:290 msgid "" "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is " "bottom aligned" @@ -449,11 +448,11 @@ msgstr "" "Posizione verticale del widget figlio nello spazio disponibile: 0.0 indica " "allineamento in alto, 1.0 indica allineamento in basso" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:137 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:137 msgid "Horizontal scale" msgstr "Scalatura orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:138 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:138 msgid "" "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much " "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all" @@ -461,11 +460,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se lo spazio disponibile orizzontamente è maggiore di quello richiesto dal " "widget figlio, indica quanto ne deve essere usato: 0.0 niente, 1.0 tutto." -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:146 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:146 msgid "Vertical scale" msgstr "Scalatura verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:147 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:147 msgid "" "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of " "it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all" @@ -473,123 +472,123 @@ msgstr "" "Se lo spazio disponibile verticalmente è maggiore di quello richiesto dal " "widget figlio, indica quanto ne deve essere usato: 0.0 niente, 1.0 tutto" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:164 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:164 msgid "Top Padding" msgstr "Riempimento superiore" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:165 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:165 msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget." msgstr "Lo spazio di riempimento da inserire sopra il widget." -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:181 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:181 msgid "Bottom Padding" msgstr "Riempimento inferiore" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:182 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:182 msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget." msgstr "Lo spazio di riempimento da inserire sotto il widget." -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:198 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:198 msgid "Left Padding" msgstr "Riempimento sinistro" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:199 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:199 msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget." msgstr "Lo spazio di riempimento da inserire alla sinistra del widget." -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:215 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:215 msgid "Right Padding" msgstr "Riempimento destro" -#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:216 +#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:216 msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget." msgstr "Lo spazio di riempimento da inserire alla destra del widget." -#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:100 +#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:100 msgid "Arrow direction" msgstr "Direzione della freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:101 +#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:101 msgid "The direction the arrow should point" msgstr "Direzione indicata dalla freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:108 +#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:108 msgid "Arrow shadow" msgstr "Ombra della freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:109 +#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:109 msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow" msgstr "Aspetto dell'ombra intorno alla freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:110 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:110 msgid "Horizontal Alignment" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:111 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:111 msgid "X alignment of the child" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:117 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:117 msgid "Vertical Alignment" msgstr "Allineamento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:118 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:118 msgid "Y alignment of the child" msgstr "Allineamento verticale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:124 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:124 msgid "Ratio" msgstr "Rapporto" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:125 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:125 msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE" msgstr "Proporzioni se «obey_child» (adatta al figlio) è FALSE" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:131 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:131 msgid "Obey child" msgstr "Adatta al figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:132 +#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:132 msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child" msgstr "Adatta le proporzioni a quelle del figlio del frame" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:121 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:121 msgid "Minimum child width" msgstr "Larghezza minima del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:122 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:122 msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box" msgstr "Larghezza minima dei pulsanti dentro il box" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:130 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:130 msgid "Minimum child height" msgstr "Altezza minima del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:131 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:131 msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box" msgstr "Altezza minima dei bottoni dentro un box" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:139 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:139 msgid "Child internal width padding" msgstr "Larghezza del riempimento interno per il widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:140 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:140 msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side" msgstr "Incremento per ambo le dimensioni del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:148 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:148 msgid "Child internal height padding" msgstr "Altezza del riempimento interno per il widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:149 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:149 msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom" msgstr "Incremento per la parte superiore ed inferiore del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:157 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:157 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "Modalità di disposizione" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:158 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:158 msgid "" "How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, " "edge, start and end" @@ -597,11 +596,11 @@ msgstr "" "Modalità di disposizione dei pulsanti nel riquadro. I valori possibili sono: " "default, spread, edge, start, end" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:166 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:166 msgid "Secondary" msgstr "Secondario" -#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:167 +#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:167 msgid "" "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e." "g., help buttons" @@ -609,39 +608,39 @@ msgstr "" "Se TRUE, il widget appare in un gruppo secondario di widget figli, adatto ad " "es. per i pulsanti di aiuto" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:130 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:230 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:449 -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:250 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:130 gtk/gtkexpander.c:230 gtk/gtkiconview.c:449 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:250 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:131 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:131 msgid "The amount of space between children" msgstr "Spazio tra due widget figli" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:140 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:473 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:140 gtk/gtknotebook.c:473 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:541 msgid "Homogeneous" msgstr "Omogeneo" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:141 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:141 msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size" msgstr "Indica se i widget figli devono avere tutti la stessa dimensione" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:148 ../gtk/gtkpreview.c:133 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:533 -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:306 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:148 gtk/gtkpreview.c:133 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:533 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:306 msgid "Expand" msgstr "Espandi" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:149 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:149 msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows" msgstr "" "Indica se i widget figli si espandono quando il widget padre aumenta di " "dimensione" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:155 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:155 msgid "Fill" msgstr "Riempi" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:156 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:156 msgid "" "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or " "used as padding" @@ -649,21 +648,21 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se lo spazio addizionale assegnato al widget figlio deve essere " "assegnato al figlio o lasciato come riempimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:162 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:162 msgid "Padding" msgstr "Riempimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:163 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:163 msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" msgstr "" "Spazio addizionale, in pixel, da inserire tra i widget figlio ed i suoi " "vicini" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:169 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:169 msgid "Pack type" msgstr "Tipo inserimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:170 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:517 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:170 gtk/gtknotebook.c:517 msgid "" "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the " "start or end of the parent" @@ -671,27 +670,27 @@ msgstr "" "Un GtkPackType che indica se il widget è inserito all'inizio o alla fine del " "widget padre" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:176 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:495 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:240 -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:140 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:176 gtk/gtknotebook.c:495 gtk/gtkpaned.c:240 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:140 msgid "Position" msgstr "Posizione" -#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:177 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:496 +#: gtk/gtkbox.c:177 gtk/gtknotebook.c:496 msgid "The index of the child in the parent" msgstr "Posizione del figlio nel widget padre" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:221 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:221 msgid "" "Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label " "widget" msgstr "Testo dell'etichetta, se il pulsante contiene un widget etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:228 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:214 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:341 -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:188 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:228 gtk/gtkexpander.c:214 gtk/gtklabel.c:341 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:188 msgid "Use underline" msgstr "Usa la sottolineatura" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:229 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:215 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:342 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:229 gtk/gtkexpander.c:215 gtk/gtklabel.c:342 msgid "" "If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used " "for the mnemonic accelerator key" @@ -699,63 +698,63 @@ msgstr "" "Se impostato, un carattere di sottolineatura nel testo indica che il " "carattere successivo verrà usato come tasto acceleratore" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 msgid "Use stock" msgstr "Utilizza voce nello stock" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:237 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:237 msgid "" "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed" msgstr "" "Se impostato, l'etichetta non sarà visualizzata, ma sarà usata per " "selezionare un oggetto nello stock" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:244 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:678 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:244 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:678 msgid "Focus on click" msgstr "Focus al clic" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:245 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:245 msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse" msgstr "" "Indica se il pulsante ottiene il focus dopo che è stato cliccato con il mouse" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:252 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:252 msgid "Border relief" msgstr "Bordo in rilievo" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:253 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:253 msgid "The border relief style" msgstr "Stile del rilievo del bordo" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:270 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:270 msgid "Horizontal alignment for child" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale per il widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:289 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:289 msgid "Vertical alignment for child" msgstr "Allineamento verticale per il widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:306 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:131 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:306 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:131 msgid "Image widget" msgstr "Widget immagine" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:307 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:307 msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text" msgstr "Widget figlio da mostrare a fianco del testo del pulsante" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:373 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:373 msgid "Default Spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura predefinita" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:374 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:374 msgid "Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons" msgstr "Spazio addizionale da aggiungere per i pulsanti CAN_DEFAULT" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:380 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:380 msgid "Default Outside Spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura esterna predefinita" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:381 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:381 msgid "" "Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside the " "border" @@ -763,31 +762,31 @@ msgstr "" "Spazio addizionale da aggiungere per i pulsanti CAN_DEFAULT che viene sempre " "visualizzato esternamente al bordo" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:386 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:386 msgid "Child X Displacement" msgstr "Spostamento orizzontale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:387 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:387 msgid "" "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed" msgstr "" "Spostamento orizzontale del widget figlio quando il pulsante viene premuto" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:394 msgid "Child Y Displacement" msgstr "Spostamento verticale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:395 msgid "" "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed" msgstr "" "Spostamento verticale del widget figlio quando il pulsante viene premuto" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:411 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:411 msgid "Displace focus" msgstr "Sposta focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:412 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:412 msgid "" "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus " "rectangle" @@ -795,35 +794,35 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se la proprietà child_displacement_x/_y deve avere effetto anche sul " "rettangolo del focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:417 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:417 msgid "Show button images" msgstr "Mostra le immagini dei pulsanti" -#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:418 +#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:418 msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons" msgstr "Indica se le icone dello stock devono essere mostrate nei pulsanti" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:468 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:468 msgid "Year" msgstr "Anno" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469 msgid "The selected year" msgstr "L'anno selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:475 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:475 msgid "Month" msgstr "Mese" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:476 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:476 msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)" msgstr "Il mese selezionato (un numero compreso tra 0 e 11)" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:482 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:482 msgid "Day" msgstr "Giorno" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:483 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:483 msgid "" "The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the " "currently selected day)" @@ -831,404 +830,400 @@ msgstr "" "Il giorno selezionato (un numero compreso tra uno e 31 o 0 per deselezionare " "il giorno attualmente selezionato)" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:497 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:497 msgid "Show Heading" msgstr "Mostra intestazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:498 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:498 msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed" msgstr "Se TRUE, viene visualizzata l'intestazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:512 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:512 msgid "Show Day Names" msgstr "Mostra i nomi dei giorni" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513 msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed" msgstr "Se TRUE, vengono visualizzati i nomi dei giorni" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:526 msgid "No Month Change" msgstr "Non cambiare mese" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:527 msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed" msgstr "Se TRUE, non è possibile cambiare il mese selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:541 msgid "Show Week Numbers" msgstr "Mostra i numeri delle settimane" -#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:542 msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed" msgstr "Se TRUE, vengono visualizzati i numeri delle settimane" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:205 msgid "mode" msgstr "modalità" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:206 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:206 msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer" msgstr "Modalità modificabile del CellRenderer" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:215 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:215 msgid "visible" msgstr "visibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:216 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:216 msgid "Display the cell" msgstr "Visualizza la cella" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:223 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:223 msgid "Display the cell sensitive" msgstr "Visualizza la cella come sensibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:230 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:230 msgid "xalign" msgstr "xalign" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231 msgid "The x-align" msgstr "L'allineamento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241 msgid "yalign" msgstr "yalign" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242 msgid "The y-align" msgstr "L'allineamento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252 msgid "xpad" msgstr "xpad" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:253 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:253 msgid "The xpad" msgstr "Il riempimento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:263 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:263 msgid "ypad" msgstr "ypad" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:264 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:264 msgid "The ypad" msgstr "Il riempimento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:274 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:274 msgid "width" msgstr "larghezza" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:275 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:275 msgid "The fixed width" msgstr "Larghezza fissa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:285 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:285 msgid "height" msgstr "altezza" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286 msgid "The fixed height" msgstr "Altezza fissa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:296 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:296 msgid "Is Expander" msgstr "È estensore" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:297 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:297 msgid "Row has children" msgstr "La riga ha dei widget figli" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:306 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:306 msgid "Is Expanded" msgstr "È espansa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:307 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:307 msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded" msgstr "La riga è un estensore ed è stata espansa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Nome del colore di sfondo della cella" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Nome del colore di sfondo come stringa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:323 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:323 msgid "Cell background color" msgstr "Colore di sfondo della cella" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:324 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:324 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Colore di sfondo della cella come GdkColor" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:332 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:332 msgid "Cell background set" msgstr "Insieme di sfondi della cella" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:333 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:333 msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul colore di sfondo della cella" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:88 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:88 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modello" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:89 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:89 msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box" msgstr "Il modello contenente i possibili valori per il combo box" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:109 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:114 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:109 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:114 msgid "Text Column" msgstr "Colonna testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:115 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:115 msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from" msgstr "" "La colonna nel modello dei dati sorgente dal quale prendere le stringhe" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:127 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:127 msgid "Has Entry" msgstr "Consente l'inserimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128 msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones" msgstr "" "Se FALSE, non consente l'inserimento di stringhe diverse da quelle scelte" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136 msgid "Pixbuf Object" msgstr "Oggetto Pixbuf" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137 msgid "The pixbuf to render" msgstr "Il pixbuf da disegnare" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145 msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open" msgstr "Pixbuf estensore aperto" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:146 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:146 msgid "Pixbuf for open expander" msgstr "Pixbuf per l'oggetto estensore aperto" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154 msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed" msgstr "Pixbuf estensore chiuso" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:155 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:155 msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander" msgstr "Pixbuf per l'oggetto estensore chiuso" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:163 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:199 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:163 gtk/gtkimage.c:199 msgid "Stock ID" msgstr "ID dell'oggetto nello stock" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:164 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:164 msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render" msgstr "ID dell'icona da visualizzare intesa come oggetto nello stock" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:171 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:171 msgid "Size" msgstr "Dimensione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172 msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon" msgstr "" "Il valore GtkIconSize che fornisce la dimensione dell'icona visualizzata" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:181 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:181 msgid "Detail" msgstr "Dettaglio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:182 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:182 msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine" msgstr "Opzioni di rendering da passare al motore dei temi" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:116 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:116 msgid "Value of the progress bar" msgstr "Valore della barra di avanzamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:133 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:213 -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:573 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:133 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:213 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:573 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220 msgid "Text" msgstr "Testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:134 +#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:134 msgid "Text on the progress bar" msgstr "Testo sulla barra di avanzamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:214 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:214 msgid "Text to render" msgstr "Testo da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:221 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:221 msgid "Markup" msgstr "Marcatore" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:222 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:222 msgid "Marked up text to render" msgstr "Testo con marcatura da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 gtk/gtklabel.c:327 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "Attributi" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:230 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:230 msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer" msgstr "" "Lista degli attributi di stile da applicare al testo del visualizzatore" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 msgid "Single Paragraph Mode" msgstr "Modalità a paragrafo singolo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:238 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:238 msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph" msgstr "" "Indica se il testo deve o meno essere mantenuto in uno stesso paragrafo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:246 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:182 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:207 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:246 gtk/gtkcellview.c:182 gtk/gtktexttag.c:207 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Nome del colore di sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:247 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:183 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:208 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:247 gtk/gtkcellview.c:183 gtk/gtktexttag.c:208 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Colore di sfondo come stringa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:189 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:215 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254 gtk/gtkcellview.c:189 gtk/gtktexttag.c:215 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Colore di sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:255 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:255 gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Colore di sfondo come GdkColor" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:241 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262 gtk/gtktexttag.c:241 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Nome del colore di primo piano" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:263 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:242 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:263 gtk/gtktexttag.c:242 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Colore di primo piano come stringa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:249 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 gtk/gtktexttag.c:249 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Colore di primo piano" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:271 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:271 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Colore di primo piano come GdkColor" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:279 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:505 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:279 gtk/gtkentry.c:505 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:577 msgid "Editable" msgstr "Modificabile" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:280 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:276 -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:578 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:280 gtk/gtktexttag.c:276 gtk/gtktextview.c:578 msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user" msgstr "Indica se il testo può essere modificato dall'utente" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295 -#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:222 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:283 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:291 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295 +#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:222 gtk/gtktexttag.c:283 gtk/gtktexttag.c:291 msgid "Font" msgstr "Tipo di carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:288 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:288 msgid "Font description as a string" msgstr "Descrizione del carattere come stringa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:296 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:292 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:296 gtk/gtktexttag.c:292 msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct" msgstr "Descrizione del tipo di carattere come struct PangoFontDescription" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:300 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304 gtk/gtktexttag.c:300 msgid "Font family" msgstr "Famiglia del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:305 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:301 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:305 gtk/gtktexttag.c:301 msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace" msgstr "" "Nome della famiglia del carattere, ad es. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:308 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:308 msgid "Font style" msgstr "Stile del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:321 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:317 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:321 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:317 msgid "Font variant" msgstr "Variante del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:330 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:326 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:330 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:326 msgid "Font weight" msgstr "Corpo del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:337 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:337 msgid "Font stretch" msgstr "Estensione del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:349 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:350 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:346 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:349 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:350 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:346 msgid "Font size" msgstr "Dimensione del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:359 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:366 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:359 gtk/gtktexttag.c:366 msgid "Font points" msgstr "Punti del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:360 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:367 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:360 gtk/gtktexttag.c:367 msgid "Font size in points" msgstr "Dimensione in punti del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:369 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:356 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:369 gtk/gtktexttag.c:356 msgid "Font scale" msgstr "Scalatura del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:370 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:370 msgid "Font scaling factor" msgstr "Fattore di scala del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:425 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 gtk/gtktexttag.c:425 msgid "Rise" msgstr "Elevazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380 msgid "" "Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)" msgstr "" "Spostamento del testo sopra la linea base (sotto la linea base se il valore " "è negativo)" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:465 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 gtk/gtktexttag.c:465 msgid "Strikethrough" msgstr "Sbarrato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:391 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:466 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:391 gtk/gtktexttag.c:466 msgid "Whether to strike through the text" msgstr "Indica se il testo deve essere sbarrato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:473 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398 gtk/gtktexttag.c:473 msgid "Underline" msgstr "Sottolineato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:399 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:474 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:399 gtk/gtktexttag.c:474 msgid "Style of underline for this text" msgstr "Stile della sottolineatura per questo testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:407 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:385 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:407 gtk/gtktexttag.c:385 msgid "Language" msgstr "Lingua" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:408 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:408 msgid "" "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint " "when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you " @@ -1238,12 +1233,11 @@ msgstr "" "può usarlo come suggerimento quando visualizza il testo. Se non capite a " "cosa serve questo parametro, probabilmente non vi serve utilizzarlo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:416 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:433 -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:242 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:416 gtk/gtklabel.c:433 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:242 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Elisione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:417 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:417 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all" @@ -1251,531 +1245,527 @@ msgstr "" "Il posto preferito per elidere la stringa, se la cella di visualizzazione " "non ha spazio sufficiente per visualizzare completamente la stringa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:434 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:365 -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:453 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:434 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:365 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:453 msgid "Width In Characters" msgstr "Larghezza in caratteri" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:435 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:454 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:435 gtk/gtklabel.c:454 msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters" msgstr "La larghezza desiderata di un'etichetta, in caratteri" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:447 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:197 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:510 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:447 gtk/gtkcellview.c:197 gtk/gtktexttag.c:510 msgid "Background set" msgstr "Imposta il colore di sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:448 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:198 -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:511 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:448 gtk/gtkcellview.c:198 gtk/gtktexttag.c:511 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul colore dello sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:451 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:522 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:451 gtk/gtktexttag.c:522 msgid "Foreground set" msgstr "Imposta il colore di primo piano" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:452 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:523 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:452 gtk/gtktexttag.c:523 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul colore di primo piano" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:455 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:530 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:455 gtk/gtktexttag.c:530 msgid "Editability set" msgstr "Imposta la modificabilità" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:456 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:531 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:456 gtk/gtktexttag.c:531 msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla modificabilità del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:459 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:534 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:459 gtk/gtktexttag.c:534 msgid "Font family set" msgstr "Imposta la famiglia del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:460 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:535 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:460 gtk/gtktexttag.c:535 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla famiglia del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:463 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:538 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:463 gtk/gtktexttag.c:538 msgid "Font style set" msgstr "Imposta lo stile del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:464 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:539 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:464 gtk/gtktexttag.c:539 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sullo stile del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:467 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:467 gtk/gtktexttag.c:542 msgid "Font variant set" msgstr "Imposta la variante del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:468 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:543 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:468 gtk/gtktexttag.c:543 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant" msgstr "Indica se questo elemento ha effetto sulla variante del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:546 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471 gtk/gtktexttag.c:546 msgid "Font weight set" msgstr "Imposta il corpo del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:472 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:547 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:472 gtk/gtktexttag.c:547 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul corpo del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:550 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475 gtk/gtktexttag.c:550 msgid "Font stretch set" msgstr "Imposta l'estensione del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:476 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:551 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:476 gtk/gtktexttag.c:551 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch" msgstr "Indica se questo elemento ha effetto sull'estensione del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:479 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:554 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:479 gtk/gtktexttag.c:554 msgid "Font size set" msgstr "Imposta la dimensione del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:480 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:555 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:480 gtk/gtktexttag.c:555 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla dimensione del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:483 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:483 gtk/gtktexttag.c:558 msgid "Font scale set" msgstr "Imposta il fattore di scala del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:484 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:559 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:484 gtk/gtktexttag.c:559 msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul fattore di scala del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:487 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:578 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:487 gtk/gtktexttag.c:578 msgid "Rise set" msgstr "Imposta elevazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:488 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:579 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:488 gtk/gtktexttag.c:579 msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise" msgstr "Indica se questo elemento ha effetto sull'elevazione del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 gtk/gtktexttag.c:594 msgid "Strikethrough set" msgstr "Imposta la sbarratura del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:595 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492 gtk/gtktexttag.c:595 msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla sbarratura del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:495 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:602 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:495 gtk/gtktexttag.c:602 msgid "Underline set" msgstr "Imposta la sottolineatura" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:496 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:603 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:496 gtk/gtktexttag.c:603 msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla sottolineatura del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:499 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:499 gtk/gtktexttag.c:566 msgid "Language set" msgstr "Imposta lingua" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:500 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:500 gtk/gtktexttag.c:567 msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as" msgstr "" "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla lingua usata per la visualizzazione " "del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 msgid "Ellipsize set" msgstr "Imposta elisione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:504 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:504 msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode" msgstr "Indica se questo elemento ha effetto sulla modalità elisione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142 msgid "Toggle state" msgstr "Stato di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143 msgid "The toggle state of the button" msgstr "Stato di selezione del pulsante" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151 msgid "Inconsistent state" msgstr "Stato non consistente" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152 msgid "The inconsistent state of the button" msgstr "Stato non consistente del pulsante" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160 msgid "Activatable" msgstr "Attivabile" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161 msgid "The toggle button can be activated" msgstr "Il pulsante di selezione può essere attivato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:169 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:169 msgid "Radio state" msgstr "Stato del pulsante radio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:170 +#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:170 msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button" msgstr "Disegna il pulsante di selezione come pulsante radio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:100 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:141 -#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:201 +#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:100 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:141 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:201 msgid "Indicator Size" msgstr "Indicatore di dimensione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:143 +#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:143 msgid "Size of check or radio indicator" msgstr "Dimensione dell'indicatore radio o di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:108 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:256 -#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:207 +#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:108 gtk/gtkexpander.c:256 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:207 msgid "Indicator Spacing" msgstr "Indicatore di spaziatura" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:109 +#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:109 msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator" msgstr "Spaziatura attorno all'indicatore radio o di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:118 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:134 +#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:118 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:134 msgid "Active" msgstr "Attivo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:119 +#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:119 msgid "Whether the menu item is checked" msgstr "Indica se l'elemento del menu è selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:126 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:142 +#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:126 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:142 msgid "Inconsistent" msgstr "Inconsistente" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:127 +#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:127 msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state" msgstr "Indica se visualizzare uno stato \"inconsistente\"" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:134 +#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:134 msgid "Draw as radio menu item" msgstr "Disegna come elemento di menu radio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:135 +#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:135 msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item" msgstr "Indica se l'elemento del menu deve apparire come un elemento radio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:203 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:203 msgid "Use alpha" msgstr "Usa alfa" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204 msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value" msgstr "Indica se dare o meno un valore alfa al colore" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:218 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:351 -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:218 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:351 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298 msgid "Title" msgstr "Titolo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "Il titolo della finestra di selezione del colore" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:233 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1848 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:233 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1848 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Colore attuale" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "Il colore selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:248 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1855 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:248 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1855 msgid "Current Alpha" msgstr "Alfa attuale" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:249 +#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:249 msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)" msgstr "" "Il valore di opacità selezionato (0 completamente trasparente, 65535 " "completamente opaco)" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1834 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1834 msgid "Has Opacity Control" msgstr "Controllo opacità disponibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1835 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1835 msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" msgstr "Indica se nella selezione del colore è possibile impostare l'opacità" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1841 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1841 msgid "Has palette" msgstr "Tavolozza disponibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1842 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1842 msgid "Whether a palette should be used" msgstr "Indica se è possibile usare la tavolozza" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1849 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1849 msgid "The current color" msgstr "Il colore attuale" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1856 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1856 msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)" msgstr "" "Il valore di opacità attuale (0 completamente trasparente, 65535 " "completamente opaco)" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1870 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1870 msgid "Custom palette" msgstr "Tavolozza personalizzata" -#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1871 +#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1871 msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" msgstr "Tavolozza usata per la selezione del colore" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:145 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:145 msgid "Enable arrow keys" msgstr "Abilita i tasti freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:146 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:146 msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items" msgstr "" "Indica se i tasti freccia consentono di muoversi attravero la lista degli " "elementi" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:152 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:152 msgid "Always enable arrows" msgstr "Abilita sempre le freccie" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:153 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:153 msgid "Obsolete property, ignored" msgstr "Proprietà obsoleta, ignorata" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:159 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:159 msgid "Case sensitive" msgstr "Case sensitive" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:160 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:160 msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive" msgstr "Indica se la corrispondenza degli elementi è case sensitive" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:167 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:167 msgid "Allow empty" msgstr "Permette campo vuoto" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:168 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:168 msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field" msgstr "Indica se questo campo può essere lasciato vuoto" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:175 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:175 msgid "Value in list" msgstr "Valore nella lista" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:176 +#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:176 msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list" msgstr "Indica se il valore inserito dev'essere già presente nella lista" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:551 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:551 msgid "ComboBox model" msgstr "Modello ComboBox" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:552 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:552 msgid "The model for the combo box" msgstr "Il modello per il combo box" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:568 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:568 msgid "Wrap width" msgstr "Adatta larghezza" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:569 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:569 msgid "Wrap width for layouting the items in a grid" msgstr "" "Adatta la larghezza per la visualizzazione degli elementi su una griglia" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:591 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:591 msgid "Row span column" msgstr "Spaziatura riga-colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:592 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:592 msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values" msgstr "Colonna di TreeModel contenente i valori di spaziatura della riga" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:613 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:613 msgid "Column span column" msgstr "Spaziatura colonna-colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:614 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:614 msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values" msgstr "Colonna di TreeModel contenente i valori di spaziatura della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:634 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:634 msgid "Active item" msgstr "Elemento attivo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:635 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:635 msgid "The item which is currently active" msgstr "L'elemento attivo in questo momento" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:654 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:228 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:654 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:228 msgid "Add tearoffs to menus" msgstr "Aggiunge gli elementi per staccare i menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:655 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:655 msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item" msgstr "" "Indica se i menu a discesa devono avere un elemento per il distaccamento del " "menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:670 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:530 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:670 gtk/gtkentry.c:530 msgid "Has Frame" msgstr "Con bordo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:671 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:671 msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child" msgstr "Indica se il combo box disegna una cornice attorno al figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:679 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:679 msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse" msgstr "" "Indica se il combo box riceve il focus quando viene cliccato con il mouse" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:685 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:685 msgid "Appears as list" msgstr "Appare come una lista" -#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:686 +#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:686 msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus" msgstr "" "Indica se i menu a discesa assomigliano a delle liste piuttosto che a dei " "menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:205 msgid "Resize mode" msgstr "Ridimensiona" -#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:206 +#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:206 msgid "Specify how resize events are handled" msgstr "Specifica come viene gestito il ridimensionamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:213 +#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:213 msgid "Border width" msgstr "Larghezza del bordo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:214 +#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:214 msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children" msgstr "Larghezza del bordo vuoto fuori dal contenitore figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:222 +#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:222 msgid "Child" msgstr "Widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:223 +#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:223 msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container" msgstr "Può essere usato per aggiungere un widget figlio al contenitore" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:123 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:123 msgid "Curve type" msgstr "Tipo di curva" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:124 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:124 msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form" msgstr "" "Indica se la curva è lineare, una spline interpolata, o in forma libera" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:132 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:132 msgid "Minimum X" msgstr "X minimo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:133 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:133 msgid "Minimum possible value for X" msgstr "Minimo volore possibile per X" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:142 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:142 msgid "Maximum X" msgstr "X massimo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:143 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:143 msgid "Maximum possible X value" msgstr "Massimo valore possibile per X" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:152 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:152 msgid "Minimum Y" msgstr "Y minimo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:153 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:153 msgid "Minimum possible value for Y" msgstr "Minimo valore possibile per Y" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:162 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:162 msgid "Maximum Y" msgstr "Y massimo" -#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:163 +#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:163 msgid "Maximum possible value for Y" msgstr "Massimo valore possibile per Y" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:148 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:148 msgid "Has separator" msgstr "Separatore disponibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:149 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:149 msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons" msgstr "La finestra di dialogo ha un separatore sopra i pulsanti" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:174 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:174 msgid "Content area border" msgstr "Bordo dell'area del contenuto" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:175 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:175 msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" msgstr "Larghezza del bordo intorno all'area di dialogo principale" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:182 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:182 msgid "Button spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura pulsante" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:183 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:183 msgid "Spacing between buttons" msgstr "Spaziatura tra i pulsanti" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:191 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:191 msgid "Action area border" msgstr "Bordo dell'area di azione" -#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:192 +#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:192 msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" msgstr "" "Larghezza del bordo intorno al pulsante nella parte bassa della finestra di " "dialogo" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:485 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:398 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:485 gtk/gtklabel.c:398 msgid "Cursor Position" msgstr "Posizione del cursore" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:486 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:399 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:486 gtk/gtklabel.c:399 msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars" msgstr "La posizione corrente di inserimento dei caratteri" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:495 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:408 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:495 gtk/gtklabel.c:408 msgid "Selection Bound" msgstr "Limite della selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:496 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:409 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:496 gtk/gtklabel.c:409 msgid "" "The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars" msgstr "La posizione in caratteri dall'altro estremo della selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:506 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:506 msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited" msgstr "Indica se il contenuto del campo di inserimento può essere modificato" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:513 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:513 msgid "Maximum length" msgstr "Lunghezza massima" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:514 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:514 msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum" msgstr "Numero massimo di caratteri per il campo. Zero per non mettere limite" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:522 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:522 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "Visibilità" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:523 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:523 msgid "" "FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password " "mode)" @@ -1783,25 +1773,25 @@ msgstr "" "FALSE visualizza i \"caratteri di mascheramento\" invece del testo in chiaro " "(modalità password)" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:531 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:531 msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry" msgstr "FALSE rimuove le smussature esterne dal campo" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:538 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:538 msgid "Invisible character" msgstr "Carattere di mascheramento" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:539 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:539 msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")" msgstr "" "Il carattere da usare quando si nasconde il contenuto di un campo ( nella " "\"modalità password\")" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:546 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:546 msgid "Activates default" msgstr "Imposta i valori predefiniti" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:547 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:547 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" @@ -1809,33 +1799,33 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se attivare i widget predefiniti (come il pulsante predefinito in una " "finestra di dialogo) quando viene premuto Invio" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:553 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:553 msgid "Width in chars" msgstr "Larghezza in caratteri" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:554 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:554 msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry" msgstr "Numero di caratteri del campo" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:563 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:563 msgid "Scroll offset" msgstr "Ampiezza spostamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:564 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:564 msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left" msgstr "" "Numero di pixel lasciati fuori sulla sinistra del campo durante lo " "scorrimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:574 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:574 msgid "The contents of the entry" msgstr "Il contenuto del campo" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:589 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:100 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:589 gtk/gtkmisc.c:100 msgid "X align" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:590 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:101 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:590 gtk/gtkmisc.c:101 msgid "" "The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL " "layouts." @@ -1843,61 +1833,61 @@ msgstr "" "L'allineamento orizzontale, da 0 (sinistra) a 1 (destra). Invertito per " "layout destra-sinistra" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:828 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:828 msgid "Select on focus" msgstr "Seleziona al focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:829 +#: gtk/gtkentry.c:829 msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused" msgstr "Indica se selezionare il contenuto del campo quando ottiene il focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:272 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:272 msgid "Completion Model" msgstr "Modello di completamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:273 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:273 msgid "The model to find matches in" msgstr "Il modello nel quale trovare le corrispondenze" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:279 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:279 msgid "Minimum Key Length" msgstr "Lunghezza minima della chiave" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280 msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches" msgstr "" "Lunghezza minima della chiave di ricerca nella ricerca delle corrispondenze" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:295 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:370 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:295 gtk/gtkiconview.c:370 msgid "Text column" msgstr "Colonna di testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:296 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:296 msgid "The column of the model containing the strings." msgstr "La colonna nel modello contenente le stringhe." -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:313 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:313 msgid "Inline completion" msgstr "Completamento in linea" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:314 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:314 msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically" msgstr "Indica se il prefisso comune deve essere inserito automaticamente" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:328 msgid "Popup completion" msgstr "Completamento popup" -#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:329 +#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:329 msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window" msgstr "" "Indica se i completamenti devono essere mostrati nella finestra di popup" -#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:121 +#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:121 msgid "Visible Window" msgstr "Finestra visibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:122 +#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:122 msgid "" "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to " "trap events." @@ -1905,11 +1895,11 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se il box degli eventi è visibile, usato solo per catturare gli " "eventi." -#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:128 +#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:128 msgid "Above child" msgstr "Sopra il widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:129 +#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:129 msgid "" "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the " "child widget as opposed to below it." @@ -1917,326 +1907,326 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se la finestra di cattura degli eventi della eventbox è sopra la " "finestra del widget figlio." -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:198 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:198 msgid "Expanded" msgstr "Espanso" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:199 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:199 msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget" msgstr "Indica se l'estensore è stato aperto per mostrare il widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:207 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:207 msgid "Text of the expander's label" msgstr "Testo dell'etichetta dell'estensore" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:222 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:334 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:222 gtk/gtklabel.c:334 msgid "Use markup" msgstr "Usa i marcatori" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:223 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:335 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:223 gtk/gtklabel.c:335 msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()" msgstr "Il testo dell'etichetta include tag XML. Vedere pango_parse_markup()" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:231 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:231 msgid "Space to put between the label and the child" msgstr "Spazio da inserire tra l'etichetta e il widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:240 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:171 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:240 gtk/gtkframe.c:171 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:195 msgid "Label widget" msgstr "Widget etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:241 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:241 msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label" msgstr "Un widget visualizzato al posto dalla tipica etichetta dell'estensore" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:247 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:247 gtk/gtktreeview.c:704 msgid "Expander Size" msgstr "Dimensione dell'estensore" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:248 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:705 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:248 gtk/gtktreeview.c:705 msgid "Size of the expander arrow" msgstr "Dimensione della freccia estensore" -#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:257 +#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:257 msgid "Spacing around expander arrow" msgstr "Spaziatura intorno alla freccia dell'estensore" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:176 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:176 msgid "Action" msgstr "Azione" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:177 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:177 msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing" msgstr "Il tipo di operazione che il selettore di file sta eseguendo" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:183 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:183 msgid "File System Backend" msgstr "Backend del file system" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:184 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:184 msgid "Name of file system backend to use" msgstr "Nome del backend del file system da usare" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:189 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:189 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filtro" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:190 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:190 msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed" msgstr "Il filtro attualmente usato per selezionare i file da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:195 msgid "Local Only" msgstr "Solo locale" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:196 msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs" msgstr "" "Indica se i file selezionati devono essere limitati a quelli con un URL " "«file:» locale" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:201 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:201 msgid "Preview widget" msgstr "Widget di anteprima" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:202 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:202 msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews." msgstr "Widget fornito dall'applicazione per anteprime personalizzate." -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:207 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:207 msgid "Preview Widget Active" msgstr "Widget di anteprima attivo" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:208 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:208 msgid "" "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown." msgstr "" "Indica se deve essere mostrato il widget fornito dall'applicazione per le " "anteprime personalizzate." -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:213 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:213 msgid "Use Preview Label" msgstr "Usa etichetta di anteprima" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:214 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:214 msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file." msgstr "" "Indica se mostrare un'etichetta dello stock con il nome del file di cui si " "mostra l'anteprima." -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:219 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:219 msgid "Extra widget" msgstr "Widget aggiuntivo" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:220 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:220 msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options." msgstr "Widget fornito dall'applicazione per opzioni aggiuntive." -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:225 msgid "Select Multiple" msgstr "Selezione multipla" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:226 ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:576 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:226 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:576 msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected" msgstr "Indica se è possibile selezionare più file" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:232 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:232 msgid "Show Hidden" msgstr "Mostra nascosti" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:233 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:233 msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed" msgstr "Indica se devono essere visualizzati i file e le cartelle nascoste" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:336 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:336 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Finestra di dialogo" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:337 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:337 msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." msgstr "La finestra di selezione file da usare." -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:352 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:352 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." msgstr "Il titolo della finestra di selezione file." -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:366 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:366 msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "La larghezza desiderata del widget pulsante, in caratteri." -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Backend predefinito del selettore file" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nome del backend di GtkFileChooser da usare come predefinito" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:560 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:190 +#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:560 gtk/gtkimage.c:190 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nome del file" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:561 +#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:561 msgid "The currently selected filename" msgstr "Il nome del file attualmente selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:567 msgid "Show file operations" msgstr "Mostra operazioni eseguibili sul file" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:568 +#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:568 msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed" msgstr "" "Indica se i pulsanti per creare/modificare i file devono essere visualizzati" -#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:575 +#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:575 msgid "Select multiple" msgstr "Selezione multipla" -#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:122 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:615 +#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:122 gtk/gtklayout.c:615 msgid "X position" msgstr "Posizione orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:123 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:616 +#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:123 gtk/gtklayout.c:616 msgid "X position of child widget" msgstr "Posizione orizzontale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:132 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:132 gtk/gtklayout.c:625 msgid "Y position" msgstr "Posizione verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:133 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:133 gtk/gtklayout.c:626 msgid "Y position of child widget" msgstr "Posizione verticale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:177 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:177 msgid "The title of the font selection dialog" msgstr "Il titolo della finestra di selezione dei caratteri" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:215 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:215 msgid "Font name" msgstr "Nome carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:193 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:193 msgid "The name of the selected font" msgstr "Il nome del tipo di carattere selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:194 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:194 msgid "Sans 12" msgstr "Sans 12" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:208 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:208 msgid "Use font in label" msgstr "Usare il carattere nell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209 msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font" msgstr "" "Indica se l'etichetta è visualizzata utilizzando il tipo di carattere " "selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224 msgid "Use size in label" msgstr "Usare la dimensione nell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225 msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size" msgstr "" "Indica se l'etichetta è visualizzata utilizzando la dimensione del carattere " "selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:241 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:241 msgid "Show style" msgstr "Mostra lo stile" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:242 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:242 msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label" msgstr "" "Indica se nell'etichetta viene visualizzato lo stile di carattere selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:257 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:257 msgid "Show size" msgstr "Mostra la dimensione" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:258 +#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:258 msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label" msgstr "" "Indica se mostrare nell'etichetta la dimensione del carattere selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:216 +#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:216 msgid "The X string that represents this font" msgstr "La stringa X che rappresenta questo carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223 +#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223 msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected" msgstr "Il GdkFont attualmente selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:229 +#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:229 msgid "Preview text" msgstr "Testo di anteprima" -#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230 +#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230 msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font" msgstr "Il testo visualizzato come anteprima del carattere selezionato" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:128 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:128 msgid "Text of the frame's label" msgstr "Testo per l'etichetta del frame" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:135 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:135 msgid "Label xalign" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale dell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:136 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:136 msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale dell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:145 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:145 msgid "Label yalign" msgstr "Allineamento verticale dell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:146 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:146 msgid "The vertical alignment of the label" msgstr "Allineamento verticale dell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:155 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:200 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:155 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:200 msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead" msgstr "Proprietà obsoleta, utilizzare shadow_type" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:162 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:162 msgid "Frame shadow" msgstr "Ombra del frame" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:163 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:163 msgid "Appearance of the frame border" msgstr "Aspetto del bordo del frame" -#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:172 +#: gtk/gtkframe.c:172 msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label" msgstr "Widget visualizzato al posto dell'etichetta del frame" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:207 ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:157 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:204 -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:152 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:207 gtk/gtkmenubar.c:157 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:204 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582 gtk/gtkviewport.c:152 msgid "Shadow type" msgstr "Tipo di ombra" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:208 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:208 msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container" msgstr "Aspetto dell'ombra che circonda il contenitore" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:216 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:216 msgid "Handle position" msgstr "Posizione handle" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217 msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget" msgstr "Posizione handle relativa al widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:225 msgid "Snap edge" msgstr "Bordo snap" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:226 msgid "" "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the " "handlebox" @@ -2244,11 +2234,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lato dell'handlebox che viene allineato con il punto di aggancio per fissare " "l'handlebox" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:234 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:234 msgid "Snap edge set" msgstr "Imposta bordo snap" -#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:235 +#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:235 msgid "" "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from " "handle_position" @@ -2256,235 +2246,234 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se utilizzare il valore della proprietà bordo_snap o il valore " "derivato dalla posizione_handle" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:333 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:333 msgid "Selection mode" msgstr "Modalità di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:334 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:334 msgid "The selection mode" msgstr "La modalità di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:352 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:352 msgid "Pixbuf column" msgstr "Colonna pixbuf" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:353 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:353 msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from" msgstr "Colonna del modello da cui recuperare il pixbuf dell'icona" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:371 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:371 msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from" msgstr "Colonna del modello da cui recuperare il testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:390 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:390 msgid "Markup column" msgstr "Colonna marcatore" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:391 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:391 msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup" msgstr "" "Colonna del modello da cui recuperare il testo se si utilizzano marcatori " "Pango" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:398 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:398 msgid "Icon View Model" msgstr "Modello vista icona" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:399 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:399 msgid "The model for the icon view" msgstr "Il modello per la vista icona" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:415 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:415 msgid "Number of columns" msgstr "Numero di colonne" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:416 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:416 msgid "Number of columns to display" msgstr "Il numero di colonne da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:433 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:433 msgid "Width for each item" msgstr "Larghezza di ogni elemento" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:434 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:434 msgid "The width used for each item" msgstr "La larghezza utilizzata per ciascun elemento" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:450 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:450 msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item" msgstr "Spazio inserito tra le celle di un elemento" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:465 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:465 msgid "Row Spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura righe" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:466 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:466 msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows" msgstr "Spazio inserito tra le righe della griglia" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:481 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:481 msgid "Column Spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura colonne" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:482 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:482 msgid "Space which is inserted between grid column" msgstr "Spazio inserito tra le colonne della griglia" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:497 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:497 msgid "Margin" msgstr "Margine" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:498 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:498 msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view" msgstr "Spazio inserito ai bordi della vista icona" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:514 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:152 -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:507 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:514 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:152 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:507 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Orientamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:515 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:515 msgid "" "How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other" msgstr "" "Come il testo e l'icona di ciascun elemento sono posizionati l'uno " "relativamente all'altro" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:523 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:523 msgid "Selection Box Color" msgstr "Colore box di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:524 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:524 msgid "Color of the selection box" msgstr "Il colore del box di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:530 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:530 msgid "Selection Box Alpha" msgstr "Alpha box di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:531 +#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:531 msgid "Opacity of the selection box" msgstr "L'opacità del box di selezione" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:158 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:158 msgid "Pixbuf" msgstr "Pixbuf" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:159 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:159 msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display" msgstr "GdkPixbuf da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:166 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:166 msgid "Pixmap" msgstr "Pixmap" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:167 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:167 msgid "A GdkPixmap to display" msgstr "GdkPixmap da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:174 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:174 msgid "Image" msgstr "Immagine" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:175 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:175 msgid "A GdkImage to display" msgstr "GdkImage da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:182 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:182 msgid "Mask" msgstr "Maschera" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:183 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:183 msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap" msgstr "Maschera bitmap da utilizzare con GdkImage o GdkPixmap" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:191 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:191 msgid "Filename to load and display" msgstr "Nome del file da caricare e visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:200 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:200 msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display" msgstr "ID per una immagine dello stock da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:207 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:207 msgid "Icon set" msgstr "Insieme di icone" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:208 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:208 msgid "Icon set to display" msgstr "Insieme di icone da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:215 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:215 msgid "Icon size" msgstr "Dimensione icona" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:216 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:216 msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon" msgstr "" "Dimensione simbolica da usare per le icone in stock, insieme di icone o " "icone con nome" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:232 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:232 msgid "Pixel size" msgstr "Dimensione pixel" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:233 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:233 msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon" msgstr "Dimensione del pixel da usare per le icone con nome" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:241 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:241 msgid "Animation" msgstr "Animazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:242 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:242 msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display" msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:257 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:525 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:257 gtk/gtkwindow.c:525 msgid "Icon Name" msgstr "Nome icona" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:258 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:258 msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme" msgstr "Il nome dell'icona dal tema delle icone" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:265 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:265 msgid "Storage type" msgstr "Tipo di memorizzazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:266 +#: gtk/gtkimage.c:266 msgid "The representation being used for image data" msgstr "La rappresentazione usata per i dati dell'immagine" -#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:132 +#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:132 msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text" msgstr "Widget figlio da mostrare a fianco del testo del menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:137 +#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:137 msgid "Show menu images" msgstr "Mostra le immagini dei menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:138 +#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:138 msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus" msgstr "Indica se mostrare le immagini dei menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:117 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:534 +#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:117 gtk/gtkwindow.c:534 msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed" msgstr "Lo schermo dove verrà visualizzata questa finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:321 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:321 msgid "The text of the label" msgstr "Il testo dell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:328 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:328 msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label" msgstr "Una lista degli attributi di stile applicabili al testo dell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:349 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:376 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:594 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:349 gtk/gtktexttag.c:376 gtk/gtktextview.c:594 msgid "Justification" msgstr "Allineamento" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:350 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:350 msgid "" "The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. " "This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See " @@ -2493,11 +2482,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tipo di allineamento delle linee tra le etichette. Non ha effetto " "internamente alla linea dell'etichetta. Vedere GtkMisc::xalign" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:358 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:358 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "Motivo" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:359 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:359 msgid "" "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text " "to underline" @@ -2505,42 +2494,42 @@ msgstr "" "Una stringa con caratteri «_» in certe posizioni indica i caratteri che nel " "testo devono essere sottolineati" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:366 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:366 msgid "Line wrap" msgstr "A capo automatico" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:367 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:367 msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide" msgstr "" "Se impostato, le linee troppo lunghe vengono mandate a capo automaticamente" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:373 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:373 msgid "Selectable" msgstr "Selezionabile" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:374 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:374 msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse" msgstr "Indica se l'etichetta di testo può essere selezionata con il mouse" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:380 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:380 msgid "Mnemonic key" msgstr "Acceleratore" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:381 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:381 msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label" msgstr "L'acceleratore per questa etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:389 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:389 msgid "Mnemonic widget" msgstr "Widget acceleratore" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:390 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:390 msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed" msgstr "" "Il widget attivato alla pressione dell'acceleratore dell'etichetta sulla " "tastiera" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:434 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:434 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string, if at all" @@ -2548,59 +2537,59 @@ msgstr "" "Il posto preferito per ridurre la stringa, se l'etichetta non ha spazio " "sufficiente per visualizzare completamente la stringa" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:474 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:474 msgid "Single Line Mode" msgstr "Modalità a linea singola" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:475 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:475 msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode" msgstr "Indica se l'etichetta è in modalità linea singola" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:492 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:492 msgid "Angle" msgstr "Angolo" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:493 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:493 msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated" msgstr "Angolo di rotazione dell'etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:513 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:513 msgid "Maximum Width In Characters" msgstr "Larghezza massima in caratteri" -#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:514 +#: gtk/gtklabel.c:514 msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters" msgstr "La massima larghezza desiderata dell'etichetta, in caratteri" -#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:635 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:136 +#: gtk/gtklayout.c:635 gtk/gtkviewport.c:136 msgid "Horizontal adjustment" msgstr "Regolazione orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:636 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:239 +#: gtk/gtklayout.c:636 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:239 msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position" msgstr "Il widget GtkAdjustment per il posizionamento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:643 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:144 +#: gtk/gtklayout.c:643 gtk/gtkviewport.c:144 msgid "Vertical adjustment" msgstr "Regolazione verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:644 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:246 +#: gtk/gtklayout.c:644 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:246 msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position" msgstr "Il widget GtkAdjustment per il posizionamento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:652 +#: gtk/gtklayout.c:652 msgid "The width of the layout" msgstr "La larghezza del layout" -#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:661 +#: gtk/gtklayout.c:661 msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "L'altezza del layout" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Nome del menu staccato" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2608,27 +2597,27 @@ msgstr "" "Titolo che può essere visualizzato dal gestore di finestre se il menu viene " "staccato" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Stato di sganciamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Un valore logico che indica se il menu è sganciato" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Riempimento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Spazio aggiuntivo al di sopra e al di sotto del menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Offset verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2636,11 +2625,11 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di pixel di cui viene spostato verticalmente il menu quando è un " "sottomenu" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Spostamento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2648,69 +2637,69 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di pixel di cui viene spostato orizzontalmente il menu quando è un " "sottomenu" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Inserimento a sinistra" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 ../gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" "Il numero di colonna in cui posizionare la parte sinistra del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Inserimento a destra" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" "Il numero di colonna in cui posizionare la parte sinistra del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Inserimento in alto" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" "Il numero di riga in cui posizionare la parte superiore del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Inserimento in basso" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 ../gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" "Il numero di riga in cui posizionare la parte inferiore del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Acceleratori modificabili" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Indica se gli acceleratori del menu possono essere modificati premendo un " "tasto quando la voce del menu è selezionata" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Ritardo prima che il sottomenu venga visualizzato" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Tempo minimo di permanenza del puntatore sopra la voce del menu prima che il " "sottomenu appaia" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Ritardo prima che il sottomenu venga nascosto" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -2718,171 +2707,171 @@ msgstr "" "Ritardo prima che il sottomenu venga nascosto mentre il puntatore si muove " "attraverso i sottomenu" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:158 +#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:158 msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar" msgstr "Stile della smussatura attorno alla barra del menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:165 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:165 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:558 msgid "Internal padding" msgstr "Riempimento interno" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:166 +#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:166 msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items" msgstr "" "Quantità di spazio di contorno tra l'ombra della barra del menu e le voci " "del menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:173 +#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:173 msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear" msgstr "Ritardo prima che il menu a cascata venga visualizzato" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:174 +#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:174 msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear" msgstr "Ritardo prima che il sottomenu della barra del menu appaia" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:247 ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:194 +#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:247 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:194 msgid "Menu" msgstr "Menu" -#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:248 +#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:248 msgid "The dropdown menu" msgstr "IL menu a cascata" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:124 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:124 msgid "Image/label border" msgstr "Bordo immagine/etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:125 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:125 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog" msgstr "" "Larghezza del bordo intorno all'etichetta e all'immagine nella finestra di " "dialogo messaggio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:140 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:140 msgid "Use separator" msgstr "Usa separatore" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:141 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:141 msgid "" "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons" msgstr "" "Indica se usare un separatore tra il testo e i pulsanti della finestra di " "dialogo" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:147 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:147 msgid "Message Type" msgstr "Tipo messaggio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:148 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:148 msgid "The type of message" msgstr "Il tipo di messaggio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:155 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:155 msgid "Message Buttons" msgstr "Pulsanti messaggio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:156 +#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:156 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "I pulsanti visualizzati nella finestra di messaggio" -#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:110 +#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:110 msgid "Y align" msgstr "Allineamento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:111 +#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:111 msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)" msgstr "L'allineamento verticale, da 0 (alto) a 1 (basso)" -#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:120 +#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:120 msgid "X pad" msgstr "Riempimento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:121 +#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:121 msgid "" "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels" msgstr "" "Quantità di spazio, in pixel, da aggiungere a destra e a sinistra del widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:130 +#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:130 msgid "Y pad" msgstr "Riempimento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:131 +#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:131 msgid "" "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels" msgstr "Quantità di spazio, in pixel, da aggiungere sopra e sotto del widget" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:401 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:401 msgid "Page" msgstr "Pagina" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:402 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:402 msgid "The index of the current page" msgstr "L'indice della pagina corrente" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:410 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:410 msgid "Tab Position" msgstr "Posizione linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:411 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:411 msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs" msgstr "In quale parte dello schedario vengono mostrate le linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:418 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:418 msgid "Tab Border" msgstr "Bordo della linguetta" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:419 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:419 msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels" msgstr "Larghezza del bordo attorno alle etichette delle linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:427 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:427 msgid "Horizontal Tab Border" msgstr "Bordo orizzontale della linguetta" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:428 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:428 msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels" msgstr "Larghezza del bordo orizzontale nelle etichette delle linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:436 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:436 msgid "Vertical Tab Border" msgstr "Bordo verticale della linguetta" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:437 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:437 msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels" msgstr "Larghezza del bordo verticale nelle etichette delle linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:445 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:445 msgid "Show Tabs" msgstr "Mostra le linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:446 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:446 msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not" msgstr "Indica se le linguette devono essere visualizzate" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:452 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:452 msgid "Show Border" msgstr "Mostra bordo" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:453 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:453 msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not" msgstr "Indica se il bordo deve essere visualizzato" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:459 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:459 msgid "Scrollable" msgstr "Scorribile" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:460 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:460 msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit" msgstr "" "Se TRUE, verranno aggiunte delle freccie di scorrimento quando ci sono " "troppo linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:466 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:466 msgid "Enable Popup" msgstr "Abilita il menu popup" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:467 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:467 msgid "" "If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that " "you can use to go to a page" @@ -2890,165 +2879,165 @@ msgstr "" "Se TRUE, premendo il pulsante destro del mouse sullo schedario verrà " "visualizzato un menu che potrà essere usato per muoversi tra le pagine" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:474 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:474 msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes" msgstr "Indica se le linguette devono avere tutte la stessa dimensione" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:481 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:481 msgid "Tab label" msgstr "Etichetta della linguetta" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:482 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:482 msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label" msgstr "La stringa visualizzata nell'etichetta delle linguette figlie" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:488 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:488 msgid "Menu label" msgstr "Etichetta menu" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:489 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:489 msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry" msgstr "La stringa visualizzata nelle voci dei menu figli" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:502 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:502 msgid "Tab expand" msgstr "Espandi linguetta" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:503 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:503 msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not" msgstr "Indica se le linguette (figlie) devono essere espanse" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:509 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:509 msgid "Tab fill" msgstr "Riempimento linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:510 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:510 msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not" msgstr "Indica se le linguette devono utilizzare tutta l'area disponibile" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:516 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:516 msgid "Tab pack type" msgstr "Tipo di inserimento linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:532 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:115 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:532 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:115 msgid "Secondary backward stepper" msgstr "Pulsante indietro secondario" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:533 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:533 msgid "" "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area" msgstr "" "Visualizza un secondo pulsante freccia indietro nella parte opposta " "dell'area delle linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:549 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:123 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:549 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:123 msgid "Secondary forward stepper" msgstr "Pulsante avanti secondario" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:550 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:550 msgid "" "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area" msgstr "" "Visualizza un secondo pulsante freccia avanti sulla parte opposta dell'area " "delle linguette" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:565 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:99 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:565 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:99 msgid "Backward stepper" msgstr "Pulsante indietro" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:566 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:100 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:566 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:100 msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button" msgstr "Visualizza il pulsante standard freccia indietro" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:581 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:107 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:581 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:107 msgid "Forward stepper" msgstr "Pulsante avanti" -#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:582 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:108 +#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:582 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:108 msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button" msgstr "Visualizza il pulsante standard freccia avanti" -#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:195 msgid "The menu of options" msgstr "Il menu delle opzioni" -#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:202 +#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:202 msgid "Size of dropdown indicator" msgstr "Dimensione indicatore del menu a cascata" -#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:208 +#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:208 msgid "Spacing around indicator" msgstr "Spaziatura intorno all'indicatore" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:241 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:241 msgid "" "Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)" msgstr "Posizione, in pixel, dei separatori pan (0 indica in alto a sinistra)" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:249 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:249 msgid "Position Set" msgstr "Imposta posizione" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:250 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:250 msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used" msgstr "Se TRUE, la proprietà posizione può essere usata" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:256 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:256 msgid "Handle Size" msgstr "Dimensione dell'handle" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:257 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:257 msgid "Width of handle" msgstr "Larghezza dell'handle" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:273 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:273 msgid "Minimal Position" msgstr "Posizione minima" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:274 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:274 msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property" msgstr "" "Il valore più piccolo che può essere assegnato alla proprietà \"posizione\"" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:291 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:291 msgid "Maximal Position" msgstr "Posizione massima" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:292 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:292 msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property" msgstr "" "Il valore più grande che può essere assegnato alla proprietà \"posizione\"" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:309 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:309 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Ridimensiona" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:310 msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget" msgstr "" "Se TRUE, il widget figlio si espande e si restringe secondo il widget in cui " "è inserito" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:325 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:325 msgid "Shrink" msgstr "Ridimensiona" -#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:326 +#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:326 msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition" msgstr "" "Se TRUE, il widget figlio può essere reso più piccolo dei suoi requisiti" -#: ../gtk/gtkpreview.c:134 +#: gtk/gtkpreview.c:134 msgid "" "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated" msgstr "" "Indica se il widget anteprima può occupare tutto lo spazio a disposizione" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:131 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:131 msgid "Activity mode" msgstr "Modalità attiva" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:132 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:132 msgid "" "If TRUE the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals " "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This " @@ -3059,19 +3048,19 @@ msgstr "" "stato fatto. Questo widget è utile quando si sta eseguendo qualcosa che non " "si sa a priori quanto durerà" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:139 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:139 msgid "Show text" msgstr "Mostra il testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:140 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:140 msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text" msgstr "Indica se l'avanzamento viene mostrato come testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:147 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:147 msgid "Text x alignment" msgstr "Allineamento orizzontale del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:148 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:148 msgid "" "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the text " "in the progress widget" @@ -3079,11 +3068,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un numero tra 0.0 e 1.0 per specificare l'allineamento orizzontale del testo " "nel widget di avanzamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:156 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:156 msgid "Text y alignment" msgstr "Allineamento verticale del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:157 +#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:157 msgid "" "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the text " "in the progress widget" @@ -3091,43 +3080,42 @@ msgstr "" "Un numero tra 0.0 e 1.0 per specificare l'allineamento verticale del testo " "nel widget di avanzamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:144 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:334 -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:242 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:144 gtk/gtkrange.c:334 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:242 msgid "Adjustment" msgstr "Aggiustamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:145 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:145 msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)" msgstr "Il widget GtkAdjustment connesso alla barra di avanzamento (obsoleto)" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:153 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:153 msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar" msgstr "Orientamento e direzione di crescita della barra di avanzamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:161 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:161 msgid "Bar style" msgstr "Stile della barra" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:162 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:162 msgid "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)" msgstr "" "Specifica lo stile visivo della barra in modalità percentuale (obsoleto)" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:170 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:170 msgid "Activity Step" msgstr "Passo di attività" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:171 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:171 msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)" msgstr "" "Incremento utilizzato per ciascuna iterazione nella modalità attiva " "(obsoleto)" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:180 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:180 msgid "Activity Blocks" msgstr "Blocchi attivi" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:181 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:181 msgid "" "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity mode " "(Deprecated)" @@ -3135,11 +3123,11 @@ msgstr "" "Il numero dei blocchi contenuti nell'area della barra di avanzamento in " "modalità attiva (obsoleto)" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:190 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:190 msgid "Discrete Blocks" msgstr "Blocchi discreti" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:191 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:191 msgid "" "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the discrete " "style)" @@ -3147,29 +3135,29 @@ msgstr "" "Il numero di blocchi nella barra di avanzamento (quando la visualizzazione è " "di tipo discreto)" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200 msgid "Fraction" msgstr "Frazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201 msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed" msgstr "La frazione di lavoro che è stata completata" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:210 msgid "Pulse Step" msgstr "Intervallo di pulsazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:211 msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed" msgstr "" "La frazione di avanzamento complessivo di cui muovere il blocco animato " "quando viene dato un impulso" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221 msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar" msgstr "Testo visualizzato nella barra di avanzamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:243 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progressbar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all" @@ -3177,11 +3165,11 @@ msgstr "" "Il posto preferito per ridurre la stringa, se la barra di avanzamento nonha " "spazio sufficiente per visualizzare completamente la stringa" -#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:139 +#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:139 msgid "The value" msgstr "Il valore" -#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:140 +#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:140 msgid "" "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action " "is the current action of its group." @@ -3189,271 +3177,269 @@ msgstr "" "Il valore restituito da gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() quando questa " "azione è l'azione corrente del suo gruppo." -#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:156 ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:113 +#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:156 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:113 msgid "Group" msgstr "Gruppo" -#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:157 +#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:157 msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to." msgstr "L'azione «radio» del gruppo al quale questa azione appartiene." -#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:114 +#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:114 msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to." msgstr "Il pulsante «radio» del gruppo al quale questo widget appartiene." -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:325 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:325 msgid "Update policy" msgstr "Politica di aggiornamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:326 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:326 msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen" msgstr "Come l'intervallo deve essere aggiornato sullo schermo" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:335 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:335 msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object" msgstr "" "Il widget GtkAdjustment che contiene il valore attuale di questo oggetto " "intervallo" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:342 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:342 msgid "Inverted" msgstr "Invertito" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:343 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:343 msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value" msgstr "" "Inverte la direzione in cui si deve muovere lo slider per incrementare il " "valore dell'intervallo" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:349 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:349 msgid "Slider Width" msgstr "Larghezza dello slider" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:350 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:350 msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb" msgstr "Larghezza della barra di scorrimento o elemento di scala" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:357 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:357 msgid "Trough Border" msgstr "Bordo scavato" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:358 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:358 msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel" msgstr "Spazio tra cursore di scorrimento/passo e il bordo scavato più esterno" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:365 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:365 msgid "Stepper Size" msgstr "Dimensione pulsante di passo" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:366 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:366 msgid "Length of step buttons at ends" msgstr "Lunghezza dei pulsanti di passo alle estremità" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:373 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:373 msgid "Stepper Spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura pulsante di passo" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:374 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:374 msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb" msgstr "Spaziatura tra i pulsanti di passo e il cursore di scorrimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:381 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:381 msgid "Arrow X Displacement" msgstr "Spostamento orizzontale della freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:382 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:382 msgid "" "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed" msgstr "" "Spostamento orizzontale della freccia quando il pulsante viene rilasciato" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:389 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:389 msgid "Arrow Y Displacement" msgstr "Spostamento verticale della freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:390 +#: gtk/gtkrange.c:390 msgid "" "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed" msgstr "Spostamento verticale della frecia quando il pulsante viene rilasciato" -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:120 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:120 msgid "Lower" msgstr "Inferiore" -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:121 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:121 msgid "Lower limit of ruler" msgstr "Limite inferiore del righello" -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:130 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:130 msgid "Upper" msgstr "Superiore" -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:131 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:131 msgid "Upper limit of ruler" msgstr "Limite superiore del righello" -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:141 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:141 msgid "Position of mark on the ruler" msgstr "Posizione dell'indicatore sul righello" -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:150 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:150 msgid "Max Size" msgstr "Dimensione massima" -#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:151 +#: gtk/gtkruler.c:151 msgid "Maximum size of the ruler" msgstr "Dimensione massima del righello" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:172 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:172 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260 msgid "Digits" msgstr "Cifre" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:173 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:173 msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value" msgstr "Numero di cifre decimali usate per visualizzate il valore" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:182 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:182 msgid "Draw Value" msgstr "Mostra il valore" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:183 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:183 msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider" msgstr "" "Indica se il valore corrente viene visualizzato come stringa vicino allo " "slider" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:190 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:190 msgid "Value Position" msgstr "Posizione del valore" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:191 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:191 msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed" msgstr "La posizione nella quale il valore corrente verrà visualizzato" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:198 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:198 msgid "Slider Length" msgstr "Lunghezza dello slider" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:199 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:199 msgid "Length of scale's slider" msgstr "Lunghezza dello slider di scala" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:207 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:207 msgid "Value spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura del valore" -#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:208 +#: gtk/gtkscale.c:208 msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area" msgstr "Spazio tra il testo del valore e l'area slider/trough" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82 +#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82 msgid "Minimum Slider Length" msgstr "Lunghezza minima dello slider" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:83 +#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:83 msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider" msgstr "Lunghezza minima dello slider della barra di scorrimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:91 +#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:91 msgid "Fixed slider size" msgstr "Dimensione fissa dello slider" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92 +#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92 msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length" msgstr "" "Non modifica la dimensione dello slider, lasciandolo bloccato sulla " "dimenisione minima" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:116 +#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:116 msgid "" "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar" msgstr "" "Visualizza un secondo pulsante freccia indietro nella parte opposta della " "barra di scorrimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:124 +#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:124 msgid "" "Display a secondary forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar" msgstr "" "Visualizza un secondo pulsante freccia avanti sulla parte opposta della " "barra di scorrimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:238 ../gtk/gtktext.c:603 -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:238 gtk/gtktext.c:603 gtk/gtktreeview.c:566 msgid "Horizontal Adjustment" msgstr "Regolazione orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:245 ../gtk/gtktext.c:611 -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:574 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:245 gtk/gtktext.c:611 gtk/gtktreeview.c:574 msgid "Vertical Adjustment" msgstr "Regolazione verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:252 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:252 msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy" msgstr "Comportamento della barra di scorrimento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:253 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:253 msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed" msgstr "Indica quando verrà visualizzata la barra di scorrimento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:260 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:260 msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy" msgstr "Comportamento della barra di scorrimento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:261 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:261 msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed" msgstr "Indica quando verrà visualizzata la barra di scorrimento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:269 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:269 msgid "Window Placement" msgstr "Posizionamento finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:270 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:270 msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars" msgstr "" "Indica dove verranno visualizzati gli elementi contenuti rispetto alla barra " "di scorrimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:277 msgid "Shadow Type" msgstr "Tipo ombra" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:278 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:278 msgid "Style of bevel around the contents" msgstr "Stile del rilievo intorno agli elementi contenuti" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:285 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:285 msgid "Scrollbar spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura barra di scorrimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:286 +#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:286 msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window" msgstr "Numero di pixel tra la barra di scorrimento e la finestra che scorre" -#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:136 +#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:136 msgid "Draw" msgstr "Disegna" -#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:137 +#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:137 msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank" msgstr "Indica se il separatore è disegnato o solo lasciato vuoto" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:270 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:270 msgid "Double Click Time" msgstr "Durata doppio clic" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:271 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:271 msgid "" "Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double " "click (in milliseconds)" msgstr "" "Ritardo, in millisecondi, affinché due clic siano considerati un doppio clic" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:278 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:278 msgid "Double Click Distance" msgstr "Distanza doppio clic" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:279 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:279 msgid "" "Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a " "double click (in pixels)" @@ -3461,27 +3447,27 @@ msgstr "" "Massima distanza consentita tra due clic affinchè siano considerati doppio " "clic (in pixel)" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:286 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:286 msgid "Cursor Blink" msgstr "Cursore lampeggiante" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:287 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:287 msgid "Whether the cursor should blink" msgstr "Indica se il cursore deve lampeggiare o meno" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:294 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:294 msgid "Cursor Blink Time" msgstr "Velocità lampeggiamento cursore" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:295 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:295 msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milleseconds" msgstr "Lunghezza del ciclo di lampeggiamento del cursore, in millisecondi" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:302 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:302 msgid "Split Cursor" msgstr "Dividi cursore" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:303 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:303 msgid "" "Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-" "left text" @@ -3489,130 +3475,130 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se devono essere visualizzati due cursori per testo misto, sinistra-" "destra e destra-sinistra" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:310 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:310 msgid "Theme Name" msgstr "Nome del tema" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:311 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:311 msgid "Name of theme RC file to load" msgstr "Nome del file RC del tema da caricare" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:318 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:318 msgid "Icon Theme Name" msgstr "Nome del tema delle icone" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:319 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:319 msgid "Name of icon theme to use" msgstr "Nome del tema delle icone da utilizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:327 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:327 msgid "Key Theme Name" msgstr "Nome chiave del tema" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:328 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:328 msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load" msgstr "Nome del file RC con la chiave del tema da caricare" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:336 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:336 msgid "Menu bar accelerator" msgstr "Acceleratore per la barra dei menu" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:337 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:337 msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar" msgstr "Sequenza di tasti per attivare la barra dei menu" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:345 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:345 msgid "Drag threshold" msgstr "Soglia per il trascinamento" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:346 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:346 msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging" msgstr "" "Numero di pixel di cui può essere mosso il cursore prima che venga attivato " "il trascinamento" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:354 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:354 msgid "Font Name" msgstr "Nome del carattere" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:355 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:355 msgid "Name of default font to use" msgstr "Nome del carattere predefinito da utilizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:363 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:363 msgid "Icon Sizes" msgstr "Dimensione icone" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:364 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:364 msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16;gtk-button=20,20..." msgstr "" "Lista della dimensione delle icone (gtk-menu=16,16;gtk-button=20,20...)" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:372 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:372 msgid "GTK Modules" msgstr "Moduli GTK" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:373 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:373 msgid "List of currently active GTK modules" msgstr "Lista dei moduli GTK attivi correntemente" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:382 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:382 msgid "Xft Antialias" msgstr "Antialias xft" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:383 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:383 msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default" msgstr "" "Indica se applicare l'antialias ai caratteri xft; 0=no, 1=si, -1=predefinito" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:392 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:392 msgid "Xft Hinting" msgstr "Hinting xft" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:393 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:393 msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default" msgstr "" "Indica se applicare l'hinting ai caratteri xft; 0=no, 1=si, -1=predefinito" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:402 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:402 msgid "Xft Hint Style" msgstr "Stile hinting xft" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:403 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:403 msgid "What degree of hinting to use; none, slight, medium, or full" msgstr "Indica quanto hinting applicare; nessuno, leggero, medio, pieno" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:412 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:412 msgid "Xft RGBA" msgstr "RGBA xft" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:413 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:413 msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr" msgstr "Tipo di antialiasing del subpixel; nessuno, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:422 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:422 msgid "Xft DPI" msgstr "DPI xft" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:423 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:423 msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value" msgstr "" "Risoluzione per xft in 1024 * punti/pollice. -1 per usare il valore " "predefinito" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:432 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:432 msgid "Alternative button order" msgstr "Ordine alternativo dei pulsanti" -#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:433 +#: gtk/gtksettings.c:433 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Indica se le icone dello stock devono essere mostrate nei pulsanti" -#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:243 +#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:243 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modalità" -#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:244 +#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:244 msgid "" "The directions in which the size group effects the requested sizes of its " "component widgets" @@ -3620,27 +3606,27 @@ msgstr "" "Le direzioni in cui la dimensione del gruppo condiziona le dimensioni " "richieste dai widget che lo compongono" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:243 msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton" msgstr "Lo spostamento che contiene il valore del pulsante spin" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:250 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:250 msgid "Climb Rate" msgstr "Tasso di crescita" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:251 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:251 msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button" msgstr "Velocità di accelerazione quando si tiene premuto un pulsante" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261 msgid "The number of decimal places to display" msgstr "Il numero di cifre decimali da visualizzare" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:270 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:270 msgid "Snap to Ticks" msgstr "Aggancia alle tacche" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:271 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:271 msgid "" "Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's " "nearest step increment" @@ -3648,143 +3634,143 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se se sono stati cambiati automaticamente dei valori di un pulsante " "spin di incremento" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:278 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:278 msgid "Numeric" msgstr "Numerico" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279 msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored" msgstr "Indica se i caratteri non numerici devono essere ignorati" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:286 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:286 msgid "Wrap" msgstr "A capo automatico" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:287 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:287 msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits" msgstr "Indica se un pulsante spin deve ricominciare da capo" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:294 msgid "Update Policy" msgstr "Politica di aggiornamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:295 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:295 msgid "" "Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal" msgstr "" "Indica se il pulsante spin deve essere sempre aggiornato, o soltanto quando " "assume un valore corretto" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:304 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:304 msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value" msgstr "Legge il valore corrente o ne imposta un nuovo" -#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:313 +#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:313 msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button" msgstr "Stile del rilievo intorno al pulsante di spin" -#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:177 +#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:177 msgid "Has Resize Grip" msgstr "Ha la maniglia per il ridimensionamento" -#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:178 +#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:178 msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel" msgstr "" "Indica se la barra di stato ha la maniglia per il ridimensionamento del " "livello superiore" -#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:205 msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text" msgstr "Stile del rilievo intorno al testo della barra di stato" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:160 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:160 msgid "Rows" msgstr "Righe" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:161 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:161 msgid "The number of rows in the table" msgstr "Il numero di righe della tabella" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:169 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:169 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Colonne" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:170 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:170 msgid "The number of columns in the table" msgstr "Il numero di colonne della tabella" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:178 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:178 msgid "Row spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura riga" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:179 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:179 msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows" msgstr "Lo spazio tra due righe consecutive" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:187 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:187 msgid "Column spacing" msgstr "Spaziatura colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:188 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:188 msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns" msgstr "Lo spazio tra due colonne consecutive" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:196 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:196 msgid "Homogenous" msgstr "Omogenea" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:197 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:197 msgid "If TRUE this means the table cells are all the same width/height" msgstr "" "Se TRUE, le celle della tabella avranno tutte la stessa larghezza/altezza" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:204 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:204 msgid "Left attachment" msgstr "Inserimento a sinistra" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:211 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:211 msgid "Right attachment" msgstr "Inserimento a destra" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:212 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:212 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to" msgstr "" "Il numero di colonna in cui posizionare la parte destra del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:218 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:218 msgid "Top attachment" msgstr "Inserimento in alto" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:219 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:219 msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to" msgstr "" "Il numero di riga in cui posizionare la parte superiore del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:225 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:225 msgid "Bottom attachment" msgstr "Inserimento in basso" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:232 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:232 msgid "Horizontal options" msgstr "Opzioni orizzontali" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:233 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:233 msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child" msgstr "Opzioni per il comportamento orizzontale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:239 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:239 msgid "Vertical options" msgstr "Opzioni verticali" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:240 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:240 msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child" msgstr "Opzioni per il comportamento verticale del widget figlio" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:246 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:246 msgid "Horizontal padding" msgstr "Riempimento orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:247 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:247 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in " "pixels" @@ -3792,11 +3778,11 @@ msgstr "" "Spazio addizionale, in pixel, da inserire tra il widget figlio ed i suoi " "vicini sinistro e destro" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:253 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:253 msgid "Vertical padding" msgstr "Riempimento verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:254 +#: gtk/gtktable.c:254 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in " "pixels" @@ -3804,58 +3790,58 @@ msgstr "" "Spazio addizionale, in pixel, da inserire tra il widget figlio ed i suoi " "vicini superiore e inferiore" -#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:604 +#: gtk/gtktext.c:604 msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget" msgstr "Disposizione orizzontale per il testo del widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:612 +#: gtk/gtktext.c:612 msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget" msgstr "Disposizione verticale per il testo del widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:619 +#: gtk/gtktext.c:619 msgid "Line Wrap" msgstr "A capo automatico" -#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:620 +#: gtk/gtktext.c:620 msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges" msgstr "" "Indica se le linee saranno mandate a capo automaticamente alla fine del " "widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:627 +#: gtk/gtktext.c:627 msgid "Word Wrap" msgstr "A capo automatico della parola" -#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:628 +#: gtk/gtktext.c:628 msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges" msgstr "Indica se le parole saranno mandate a capo alla fine del widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:184 +#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:184 msgid "Tag Table" msgstr "Tabella dei marcatori" -#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:185 +#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:185 msgid "Text Tag Table" msgstr "Tabella dei marcatori di testo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:197 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:197 msgid "Tag name" msgstr "Nome del marcatore" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:198 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:198 msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags" msgstr "" "Nome usato per riferirsi al marcatore del testo. NULL per marcatori anonimi" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:216 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:216 msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Colore di sfondo come GdkColor (possibilmente non utilizzato)" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:223 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:223 msgid "Background full height" msgstr "Altezza totale dello sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:224 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:224 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" @@ -3863,51 +3849,51 @@ msgstr "" "Indica se il colore di sfondo riempie la linea in tutta l'altezza o solo " "l'altezza dei caratteri marcati" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:232 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:232 msgid "Background stipple mask" msgstr "Applica la maschera di retinatura dello sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:233 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:233 msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background" msgstr "" "Bitmap da usare come maschera per la la visualizzazione del colore di sfondo " "del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:250 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:250 msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Colore di primo piano come GdkColor (possibilmente non utilizzato)" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:258 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:258 msgid "Foreground stipple mask" msgstr "Maschera di retinatura di primo piano" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:259 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:259 msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground" msgstr "" "Bitmap da usare per la la visualizzazione del colore di primo piano del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:266 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:266 msgid "Text direction" msgstr "Direzione del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:267 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:267 msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right" msgstr "Direzione del testo ad es. destra-sinistra o sinistra-destra" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:284 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:284 msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\"" msgstr "Stringa di descrizione del carattere, ad es. \"Sans Italic 12\"" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:309 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:309 msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC" msgstr "Stile del carattere come PangoStyle ad es. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:318 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:318 msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS" msgstr "" "Variante del carattere come PangoVariant ad es. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:327 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:327 msgid "" "Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for " "example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD" @@ -3915,16 +3901,16 @@ msgstr "" "Corpo del carattere come intero, consultare i valori predefiniti in " "PangoWeight; ad es. PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:338 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:338 msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED" msgstr "" "Estensione del carattere come PangoStretch, ad es. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:347 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:347 msgid "Font size in Pango units" msgstr "Dimensione del carattere in unità Pango" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:357 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:357 msgid "" "Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly " "adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales " @@ -3935,11 +3921,11 @@ msgstr "" "appropriato quando si cambia il tema, quindi se ne è consiglia l'utilizzo. " "Pango ha alcune scalature predefinite come ad es. PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:377 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:595 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:377 gtk/gtktextview.c:595 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Allineamento a destra, a sinistra o centrato" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:386 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:386 msgid "" "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint " "when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used." @@ -3948,31 +3934,31 @@ msgstr "" "può usarlo come suggerimento quando visualizza il testo. Se non impostato, " "verrà usato un valore appropriato." -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:393 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:393 msgid "Left margin" msgstr "Margine sinistro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:394 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:604 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:394 gtk/gtktextview.c:604 msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels" msgstr "Larghezza, in pixel, del margine sinistro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:403 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:403 msgid "Right margin" msgstr "Margine destro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:404 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:614 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:404 gtk/gtktextview.c:614 msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels" msgstr "Larghezza, in pixel, del margine destro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:414 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:623 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:414 gtk/gtktextview.c:623 msgid "Indent" msgstr "Rientro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:415 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:624 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:415 gtk/gtktextview.c:624 msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels" msgstr "Rientro del paragrafo in pixel" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:426 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:426 msgid "" "Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) " "in pixels" @@ -3980,342 +3966,342 @@ msgstr "" "Spostamento del testo, in pixel, sopra la linea base (sotto se il valore è " "negativo)" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:435 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:435 msgid "Pixels above lines" msgstr "Pixel sopra le linee" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:436 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:548 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:436 gtk/gtktextview.c:548 msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs" msgstr "Pixel di spazio vuoto sopra i paragrafi" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:445 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:445 msgid "Pixels below lines" msgstr "Pixel sotto le linee" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:446 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:558 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:446 gtk/gtktextview.c:558 msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs" msgstr "Pixel di spazio vuoto sotto i paragrafi" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:455 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:455 msgid "Pixels inside wrap" msgstr "Pixel interni l'andata a capo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:456 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:568 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:456 gtk/gtktextview.c:568 msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph" msgstr "" "Pixel di spazio vuoto tra le righe andate a capo automaticamente in un " "paragrafo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:482 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:482 msgid "Wrap mode" msgstr "Modalità a capo automatico" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:483 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:586 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:483 gtk/gtktextview.c:586 msgid "" "Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries" msgstr "" "Indica se l'a capo automatico debba avvenire alla fine della parola, del " "carettere o se debba essere disabilitato" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:492 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:633 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:492 gtk/gtktextview.c:633 msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Tabulazioni" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:493 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:634 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:493 gtk/gtktextview.c:634 msgid "Custom tabs for this text" msgstr "Tabulazioni personalizzate per questo testo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:500 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:500 msgid "Invisible" msgstr "Nascosto" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:501 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:501 msgid "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0" msgstr "Indica se il testo è nascosto. Non è implementato nelle GTK 2.0" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:514 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:514 msgid "Background full height set" msgstr "Imposta l'altezza totale dello sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:515 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:515 msgid "Whether this tag affects background height" msgstr "Indica se il tag ha effetto sull'altezza dello sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:518 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:518 msgid "Background stipple set" msgstr "Imposta la retinatura dello sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:519 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla retinatura dello sfondo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:526 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:526 msgid "Foreground stipple set" msgstr "Imposta la retinatura del primo piano" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:527 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:527 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla retinatura del primo piano" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:562 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:562 msgid "Justification set" msgstr "Imposta allineamento" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:563 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:563 msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sull'allineamento del paragrafo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:570 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:570 msgid "Left margin set" msgstr "Imposta margine sinistro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:571 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:571 msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul margine sinistro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:574 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:574 msgid "Indent set" msgstr "Imposta rientro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:575 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:575 msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul rientro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:582 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:582 msgid "Pixels above lines set" msgstr "Imposta pixel sopra le linee" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:583 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:587 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:583 gtk/gtktexttag.c:587 msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul numero di pixel sopra le linee" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:586 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:586 msgid "Pixels below lines set" msgstr "Imposta pixel sotto le linee" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:590 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:590 msgid "Pixels inside wrap set" msgstr "Imposta pixel interni all'andata a capo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:591 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:591 msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines" msgstr "" "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul numero di pixel tra due linee andate a " "capo" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:598 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:598 msgid "Right margin set" msgstr "Imposta il margine destro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:599 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:599 msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sul margine destro" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:606 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:606 msgid "Wrap mode set" msgstr "Imposta a capo automatico" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:607 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:607 msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla modalità di a capo automatico" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:610 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:610 msgid "Tabs set" msgstr "Imposta tabulazioni" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:611 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:611 msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulle tabulazioni" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:614 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:614 msgid "Invisible set" msgstr "Imposta testo nascosto" -#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:615 +#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:615 msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility" msgstr "Indica se questo tag ha effetto sulla leggibilità del testo" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:547 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:547 msgid "Pixels Above Lines" msgstr "Pixel sopra le linee" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:557 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:557 msgid "Pixels Below Lines" msgstr "Pixel sotto le linee" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:567 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:567 msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap" msgstr "Pixel interni all'andata a capo" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:585 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:585 msgid "Wrap Mode" msgstr "A capo automatico" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:603 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:603 msgid "Left Margin" msgstr "Margine sinistro" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:613 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:613 msgid "Right Margin" msgstr "Margine destro" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:641 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:641 msgid "Cursor Visible" msgstr "Cursore visibile" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:642 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:642 msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown" msgstr "Indica se il cursore di inserimento è visualizzato" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:649 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:649 msgid "Buffer" msgstr "Buffer" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:650 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:650 msgid "The buffer which is displayed" msgstr "Il buffer visualizzato" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:657 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:657 msgid "Overwrite mode" msgstr "Modalità «sovrascrivi»" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:658 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:658 msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents" msgstr "Indica se il testo inserito sovrascrive quello esistente" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:665 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:665 msgid "Accepts tab" msgstr "Accetta il tab" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:666 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:666 msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered" msgstr "" "Indica se la pressione del tasto «Tab» inserisce il carattere di tabulazione" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:675 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:675 msgid "Error underline color" msgstr "Colore di sottolineatura errore" -#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:676 +#: gtk/gtktextview.c:676 msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" msgstr "Colore con cui disegnare le sottolineature indicanti l'errore" -#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:130 +#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:130 msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action" msgstr "Crea lo stesso proxy di un'azione «radio»" -#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131 +#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131 msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies" msgstr "" "Indica se i proxy di questa azione sono simili a quelli di un azione «radio»" -#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:135 +#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:135 msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not" msgstr "Indica se il pulsante a due stati deve essere premuto" -#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:143 +#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:143 msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state" msgstr "Indica se il pulsante a due stati si trova nell stato \"intermedio\"" -#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:150 +#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:150 msgid "Draw Indicator" msgstr "Mostra l'indicatore" -#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:151 +#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:151 msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed" msgstr "Indica se la parte interattiva del pulsante è visualizzata" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:508 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:508 msgid "The orientation of the toolbar" msgstr "L'orientamento della barra strumenti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:516 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:516 msgid "Toolbar Style" msgstr "Stile della barra strumenti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:517 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:517 msgid "How to draw the toolbar" msgstr "Indica come verrà disegnata la barra strumenti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:524 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:524 msgid "Show Arrow" msgstr "Mostra la freccia" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:525 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:525 msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit" msgstr "" "Indica se deve essere mostrata una freccia quando la barra degli strumenti è " "troppo grande" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:534 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:534 msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows" msgstr "" "Indica se all'elemento viene assegnato uno spazio maggiore quando la barra " "degli strumenti diventa più grande" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:542 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:542 msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items" msgstr "" "Indica se l'elemento deve avere la stessa dimensione degli altri elementi " "omogenei" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:549 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:549 msgid "Spacer size" msgstr "Dimensione dello spaziatore" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:550 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:550 msgid "Size of spacers" msgstr "Dimensione degli spaziatori" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:559 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:559 msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons" msgstr "Quantità di bordo tra l'ombra della barra strumenti e i pulsanti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:567 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:567 msgid "Space style" msgstr "Stile degli spazi" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:568 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:568 msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank" msgstr "" "Indica se gli spaziatori sono delle linee verticali o solo degli spazi vuoti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:575 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:575 msgid "Button relief" msgstr "Rilievo del pulsante" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:576 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:576 msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons" msgstr "Tipo di smussatura per i pulsanti della barra strumenti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:583 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:583 msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar" msgstr "Stile della smussatura per la barra strumenti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:589 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:589 msgid "Toolbar style" msgstr "Stile della barra strumenti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590 msgid "" "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc." msgstr "" "Indica se le barre strumenti predefinite avranno solo testo, testo e icone, " "solo icone, etc." -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:596 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:596 msgid "Toolbar icon size" msgstr "Dimensione icone della barra strumenti" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:597 +#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:597 msgid "Size of icons in default toolbars" msgstr "Dimensione icone nelle barre strumenti predefinite" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:182 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:182 msgid "Text to show in the item." msgstr "Il testo visualizzato nell'elemento." -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:189 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:189 msgid "" "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character " "should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu" @@ -4323,27 +4309,27 @@ msgstr "" "Se impostato, indica che il carattere nel testo che segue uno di " "sottolineatura è usato come tasto acceleratore nel menu di overflow" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:196 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:196 msgid "Widget to use as the item label" msgstr "Widget utilizzato come elemento etichetta" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202 msgid "Stock Id" msgstr "ID dell'oggetto nello stock" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:203 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:203 msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item" msgstr "L'icona dello stock visualizzata sull'elemento" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209 msgid "Icon widget" msgstr "Widget icona" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:210 +#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:210 msgid "Icon widget to display in the item" msgstr "Widget icona da visualizzare nell'elemento" -#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:174 +#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:174 msgid "" "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons " "show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode" @@ -4352,285 +4338,285 @@ msgstr "" "TRUE, i pulsanti della barra strumenti mostrano il testo nella modalità " "GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ" -#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:330 +#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:330 msgid "TreeModelSort Model" msgstr "Modello TreeModelSort" -#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:331 +#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:331 msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort" msgstr "Modello per l'ordinamento di TreeModelSort" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:558 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:558 msgid "TreeView Model" msgstr "Modello TreeView" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:559 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:559 msgid "The model for the tree view" msgstr "Il modello per la vista ad albero" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:567 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:567 msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget" msgstr "Disposizione orizzontale per il widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:575 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:575 msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget" msgstr "Regolazione verticale per il widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:583 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:583 msgid "Show the column header buttons" msgstr "Mostra i pulsanti di intestazione delle colonne" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:590 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:590 msgid "Headers Clickable" msgstr "Intestazioni cliccabili" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:591 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:591 msgid "Column headers respond to click events" msgstr "Le intestazioni delle colonne rispondono ai clic" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:598 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:598 msgid "Expander Column" msgstr "Estensore colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:599 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:599 msgid "Set the column for the expander column" msgstr "Imposta la colonna per l'estensore colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:606 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:606 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341 msgid "Reorderable" msgstr "Riordinabile" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:607 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:607 msgid "View is reorderable" msgstr "La view è riordinabile" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:614 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:614 msgid "Rules Hint" msgstr "Suggerimento regole" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:615 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:615 msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" msgstr "" "Imposta il suggerimento nel motore dei temi per disegnare righe in colori " "alternati" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:622 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:622 msgid "Enable Search" msgstr "Abilita ricerca" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:623 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:623 msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively" msgstr "" "La view consente agli utenti di cercare attraverso le colonne in modo " "interattivo" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:630 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:630 msgid "Search Column" msgstr "Ricerca colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:631 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:631 msgid "Model column to search through when searching through code" msgstr "Modello di colonna in cui cercare quando si cerca attraverso il codice" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:651 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:651 msgid "Fixed Height Mode" msgstr "Modalità altezza fissa" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:652 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:652 msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height" msgstr "" "Velocizza GtkTreeView assumendo che tutte le righe abbiano la stessa altezza" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:672 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:672 msgid "Hover Selection" msgstr "Selezione hover" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:673 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:673 msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer" msgstr "Indica se la selezione deve seguire il puntatore" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:692 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:692 msgid "Hover Expand" msgstr "Espansione hover" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:693 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:693 msgid "" "Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them" msgstr "" "Indica se le righe devono essere espanse/compresse quando il puntatore si " "sposta sopra di esse" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:713 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:713 msgid "Vertical Separator Width" msgstr "Larghezza del separatore verticale" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:714 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:714 msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number" msgstr "Spazio verticale tra le celle. Deve essere un numero pari" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:722 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:722 msgid "Horizontal Separator Width" msgstr "Larghezza del separatore orizzontale" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:723 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:723 msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number" msgstr "Spazio orizzontale tra le celle. Deve essere un numero pari" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:731 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:731 msgid "Allow Rules" msgstr "Consente l'uso di regole" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:732 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:732 msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" msgstr "Consente di utilizzare righe con colori alternati" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:738 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:738 msgid "Indent Expanders" msgstr "Rientra gli estensori" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:739 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:739 msgid "Make the expanders indented" msgstr "Rende gli estensori rientrati" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:745 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:745 msgid "Even Row Color" msgstr "Colore riga pari" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:746 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:746 msgid "Color to use for even rows" msgstr "Colore da usare per le righe pari" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:752 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:752 msgid "Odd Row Color" msgstr "Colore riga dispari" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:753 +#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:753 msgid "Color to use for odd rows" msgstr "Colore da usare per le righe dispari" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226 msgid "Whether to display the column" msgstr "Indica se visualizzare le colonne" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:233 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:456 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:233 gtk/gtkwindow.c:456 msgid "Resizable" msgstr "Ridimensionabile" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:234 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:234 msgid "Column is user-resizable" msgstr "La colonna è ridimensionabile dall'utente" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:242 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:242 msgid "Current width of the column" msgstr "Larghezza corrente della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:251 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:251 msgid "Space which is inserted between cells" msgstr "Spazio inserito tra le celle" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:259 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:259 msgid "Sizing" msgstr "Ridimensionamento" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:260 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:260 msgid "Resize mode of the column" msgstr "Modalità di ridimensionamento della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:268 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:268 msgid "Fixed Width" msgstr "Larghezza fissa" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:269 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:269 msgid "Current fixed width of the column" msgstr "Larghezza fissa attuale della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:278 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:278 msgid "Minimum Width" msgstr "Larghezza minima" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279 msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column" msgstr "Larghezza minima consentita della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:288 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:288 msgid "Maximum Width" msgstr "Larghezza massima" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:289 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:289 msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column" msgstr "Larghezza massima consentita della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299 msgid "Title to appear in column header" msgstr "Titolo visualizzato nell'intestazione della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:307 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:307 msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget" msgstr "La colonna può condividere lo spazio addizionale allocato dal widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:314 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:314 msgid "Clickable" msgstr "Cliccabile" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:315 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:315 msgid "Whether the header can be clicked" msgstr "Indica se l'intestazione può essere cliccata" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:323 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:323 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324 msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title" msgstr "" "Widget da inserire nel pulsante di intestazione della colonna al posto del " "titolo della colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331 msgid "Alignment" msgstr "Allineamento" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332 msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget" msgstr "" "Allineamento orizzontale del testo o del widget nell'intestazione della " "colonna" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342 msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers" msgstr "Indica se la colonna può essere riordinata in base alle intestazioni" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:349 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:349 msgid "Sort indicator" msgstr "Indicatore di ordinamento" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:350 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:350 msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator" msgstr "Indica se mostrare l'indicatore di ordinamento" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:357 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:357 msgid "Sort order" msgstr "Direzione ordinamento" -#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:358 +#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:358 msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate" msgstr "Direzione di ordinamento che l'indicatore deve mostrare" -#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:229 +#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:229 msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus" msgstr "" "Indica se aggiungere ai menu gli elementi che gli consentono di essere " "staccati" -#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:236 +#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:236 msgid "Merged UI definition" msgstr "Definizione della UI aggiunta" -#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:237 +#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:237 msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI" msgstr "Una stringa XML che descrive la UI aggiunta" -#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:137 +#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:137 msgid "" "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for " "this viewport" @@ -4638,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "Il widget GtkAdjustment che determina i valori della posizione orizzontale " "per questo viewport" -#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:145 +#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:145 msgid "" "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for " "this viewport" @@ -4646,31 +4632,31 @@ msgstr "" "Il widget GtkAdjustment che determina i valori della posizione verticale per " "questo viewport" -#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:153 +#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:153 msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn" msgstr "Determina come viene disegnato il box ombreggiato attorno al viewport" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:410 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:410 msgid "Widget name" msgstr "Nome widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:411 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:411 msgid "The name of the widget" msgstr "Il nome del widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:417 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:417 msgid "Parent widget" msgstr "Widget padre" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:418 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:418 msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget" msgstr "Il widget padre di questo widget. Deve essere un widget container" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:425 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:425 msgid "Width request" msgstr "Larghezza richiesta" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:426 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:426 msgid "" "Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be " "used" @@ -4678,173 +4664,173 @@ msgstr "" "Sovrascrive la larghezza richiesta del widget: mettere -1 per usare quella " "già impostata" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:434 msgid "Height request" msgstr "Altezza richiesta" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:435 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:435 msgid "" "Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should " "be used" msgstr "" "Sovrascrive l'altezza del widget: mettere -1 per usare quella già impostata" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:444 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:444 msgid "Whether the widget is visible" msgstr "Indica se il widget è visibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:451 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:451 msgid "Whether the widget responds to input" msgstr "Indica se il widget risponde all'input" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:457 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:457 msgid "Application paintable" msgstr "Disegnabile dall'applicazione" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:458 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:458 msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget" msgstr "" "Indica se l'applicazione è in grado di disegnare direttamente il widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:464 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:464 msgid "Can focus" msgstr "Focus utilizzabile" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:465 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:465 msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus" msgstr "Indica se il widget può accettare il focus dell'input" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:471 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:471 msgid "Has focus" msgstr "Focus disponibile" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:472 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:472 msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus" msgstr "Indica se il widget ha il focus dell'input" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:478 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:478 msgid "Is focus" msgstr "È in focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:479 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:479 msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel" msgstr "Indica se questo è il widget che ha il focus all'interno del toplevel" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:485 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:485 msgid "Can default" msgstr "Predefinito attivabile" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:486 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:486 msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget" msgstr "Indica se questo può essere il widget predefinito" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:492 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:492 msgid "Has default" msgstr "Predefinito attivato" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:493 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:493 msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget" msgstr "Indica se questo è il widget predefinito" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:499 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:499 msgid "Receives default" msgstr "Diventa predefinito" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:500 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:500 msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused" msgstr "Se TRUE, il widget diventa quello predefinito quando ha il focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:506 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:506 msgid "Composite child" msgstr "Figlio composito" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:507 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:507 msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget" msgstr "Indica se il widget è parte di un widget composito" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:513 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:513 msgid "Style" msgstr "Stile" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:514 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:514 msgid "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colors etc)" msgstr "" "Lo stile del widget, contiene le informazione sull'aspetto (colori, etc.)" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:520 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:520 msgid "Events" msgstr "Eventi" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:521 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:521 msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets" msgstr "La maschera che decide quale tipo di GdkEvents ha ricevuto il widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:528 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:528 msgid "Extension events" msgstr "Eventi di estensione" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:529 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:529 msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets" msgstr "" " La maschera che decide quale tipo di eventi di estensione ha ricevuto il " "widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:536 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:536 msgid "No show all" msgstr "Non mostrare tutto" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:537 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:537 msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" "Indica se gtk_widget_show_all() non deve avere effetto su questo widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Focus interno" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Indica se disegnare l'indicatore di focus all'interno dei widget" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Larghezza linea dell'indicatore di focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Larghezza, in pixel, della linea per l'indicatore di focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Linea tratteggiata per l'indicatore del focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Tipo di tratteggio impiegato per disegnare l'indicatore di focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Spaziatura per l'indicatore di focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Larghezza, in pixel, tra l'indicatore di focus e il widget box" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Colore del cursore" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colore con cui disegnare il cursore di inserimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Colore del cursore secondario" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4852,45 +4838,45 @@ msgstr "" "Colore con cui disegnare il cursore secondario quando si è in editing misto " "destra-sinistra e sinistra-destra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Proporzioni del cursore di linea" -#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Proporzioni con le quali disegnare il cursore di inserimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:414 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:414 msgid "Window Type" msgstr "Tipo finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:415 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:415 msgid "The type of the window" msgstr "Il tipo di finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:423 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:423 msgid "Window Title" msgstr "Titolo della finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:424 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:424 msgid "The title of the window" msgstr "Il titolo della finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:431 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:431 msgid "Window Role" msgstr "Ruolo della finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:432 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:432 msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session" msgstr "" "Identificatore univoco della finestra utilizzato quando si ripristina una " "sessione" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:439 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:439 msgid "Allow Shrink" msgstr "Consenti rimpicciolimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:441 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the " @@ -4899,25 +4885,25 @@ msgstr "" "Se TRUE, la finestra non ha dimensione minima. Mettere TRUE è nel 99% dei " "casi una cattiva idea" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:448 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:448 msgid "Allow Grow" msgstr "Consenti crescita" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:449 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:449 msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size" msgstr "" "Se TRUE, gli utenti potranno espandere la finestra oltre la sua dimensione " "minima" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:457 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:457 msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window" msgstr "Se TRUE, gli utenti potranno ridimensionare la finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:464 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:464 msgid "Modal" msgstr "Modale" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:465 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:465 msgid "" "If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is " "up)" @@ -4925,76 +4911,76 @@ msgstr "" "Se TRUE, la finestra è modale (le altre finestre non sono utilizzabili fino " "a quando questa non viene chiusa)" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:472 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:472 msgid "Window Position" msgstr "Posizione finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:473 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:473 msgid "The initial position of the window" msgstr "La posizione iniziale della finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:481 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:481 msgid "Default Width" msgstr "Larghezza predefinita" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:482 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:482 msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window" msgstr "" "La larghezza predefinita della finestra, utilizzata all'inizio quando viene " "mostrata la finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:491 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:491 msgid "Default Height" msgstr "Altezza predefinita" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:492 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:492 msgid "" "The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window" msgstr "" "L'altezza predefinita della finestra, utilizzata all'inizio quando viene " "mostrata la finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:501 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:501 msgid "Destroy with Parent" msgstr "Distruggi insieme al padre" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:502 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:502 msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed" msgstr "Inidica se questa finestra deve essere distrutta insieme al padre" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:509 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:509 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icona" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:510 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:510 msgid "Icon for this window" msgstr "Icona per questa finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:526 msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window" msgstr "Nome dell'icona a tema con questa finestra" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:541 msgid "Is Active" msgstr "È attiva" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:542 msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window" msgstr "Indica se toplevel è la finestra attiva corrente" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:549 msgid "Focus in Toplevel" msgstr "Focus nel toplevel" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:550 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:550 msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow" msgstr "Indica se il focus di input è all'interno di questo GtkWindow" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:557 msgid "Type hint" msgstr "Tipo di suggerimento" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:558 msgid "" "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is " "and how to treat it." @@ -5002,66 +4988,66 @@ msgstr "" "Suggerimento di aiuto per l'ambiente desktop per determinare il tipo di " "finestra e come possa essere trattata." -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:566 msgid "Skip taskbar" msgstr "Salta la barra dei task" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:567 msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar." msgstr "Se TRUE, la finestra non viene mostrata nella barra dei task." -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:574 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:574 msgid "Skip pager" msgstr "Salta il pager" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:575 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:575 msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager." msgstr "Se TRUE, la finestra non viene mostrata nel pager." -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:589 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:589 msgid "Accept focus" msgstr "Accetta il focus" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:590 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:590 msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus." msgstr "Se TRUE, la finestra può ricevere il focus dell'input." -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:604 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:604 msgid "Focus on map" msgstr "Focus sulla mappa" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:605 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:605 msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped." msgstr "TRUE se la finestra può ricevere il focus dell'input quando mappata." -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:619 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:619 msgid "Decorated" msgstr "Decorata" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:620 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:620 msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager" msgstr "Se TRUE, la finestra può essere decorata dal window manager." -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:635 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:635 msgid "Gravity" msgstr "Gravità" -#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:636 +#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:636 msgid "The window gravity of the window" msgstr "La gravità della finestra" -#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:330 +#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:330 msgid "IM Preedit style" msgstr "Stile IM preedit" -#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:331 +#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:331 msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string" msgstr "Indica come visualizzare la stringa del metodo di input preedit" -#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:339 +#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:339 msgid "IM Status style" msgstr "Stato dello stile IM" -#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:340 +#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:340 msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar" msgstr "Indica come visualizzare il metodo di input della barra di stato" diff --git a/po-properties/ja.po b/po-properties/ja.po index 62d1e2ec0..ddeaf6ded 100644 --- a/po-properties/ja.po +++ b/po-properties/ja.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-09 11:15+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-09 11:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Takeshi AIHANA <aihana@gnome.gr.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <gnome-translation@gnome.gr.jp>\n" @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ msgstr "画面" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "レンダラの GdkScreen です" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "プログラムの名前" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -112,43 +112,43 @@ msgstr "" "プログラムの名前です (これがセットされていない場合、関数 " "g_get_application_name() の結果をデフォルトにします)" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "プログラムのバージョン" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "プログラムのバージョンです" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "コピーライトの文字列" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "プログラムのコピーライト情報です" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "コメントの文字列" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "プログラムについてのコメントです" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "ウェブサイトの URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "プログラムのウェブサイトを示す URL です" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "ウェブサイトのラベル" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -156,45 +156,45 @@ msgstr "" "プログラムのウェブサイトを示すラベルです (これがセットされていない場合、URL " "がデフォルトになります)" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "作者" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "プログラムの作者の一覧です" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "ドキュメント担当" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "プログラムのドキュメントを担当した人達の一覧です" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "アーティスト" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "プログラムのアートワークに貢献した人達の一覧です" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "翻訳担当" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "翻訳者のクレジットです (この文字列は翻訳可能な文字列としてマークして下さい)" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "ロゴ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -202,19 +202,19 @@ msgstr "" "情報ダイアログのロゴです (これがセットされていない場合、" "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list() の結果をデフォルトにします)" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "ロゴのアイコン名" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "情報ダイアログのロゴに使用するアイコン名です" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "リンクの色" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "ハイパーリンクの色です" @@ -2012,11 +2012,11 @@ msgstr "フォント選択ダイアログのタイトル" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "ボタン・ウィジットの幅 (文字単位)" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "デフォルトのファイル選択バックエンド" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "デフォルトで使用する GtkFileChooser バックエンドの名前です" @@ -2527,11 +2527,11 @@ msgstr "レイアウトの幅" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "レイアウトの高さ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "ティアオフ・タイトル" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2539,99 +2539,99 @@ msgstr "" "このメニューが取り外された際にウィンドウ・マネージャが表示することが可能なタ" "イトル" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "ティアオフの状態" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "メニューを取り外すせるかどうかを示す論理値" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "垂直パディング" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "メニューの上端と下端に追加する余白" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "垂直オフセット" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "メニューがサブメニューの場合、この値だけ垂直にオフセットを設定する" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "水平オフセット" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "メニューがサブメニューの場合、この値だけ水平にオフセットを設定する" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "左アタッチ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "子ウィジェットの左側にアタッチする列番号" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "右アタッチ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "子ウィジェットの右側にアタッチする列番号" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "上アタッチ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "子ウィジェットの上側にアタッチする列番号" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "下アタッチ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "子ウィジェットの下側にアタッチする列番号" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "アクセラレータの変更可能" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "メニュー・アイテムの上でキーを押下することでメニューのアクセラレータを変更で" "きるかどうか" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "サブメニューを表示する際の遅延時間" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "サブメニューを表示する前にメニュー・アイテムを表示しておく最小時間" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "サブメニューを隠す際の遅延時間" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4620,64 +4620,64 @@ msgstr "何も表示しない" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "gtk_widget_show_all() がこのウィジェットに影響すべきでないかどうか" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "インテリア・フォーカス" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" "フォーカスが当たったことを示す矩形の内側のウィジェットを描画するかどうか" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "フォーカス線の幅" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "フォーカスが当たったことを示す表示線の幅 (ピクセル単位)" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "フォーカス線のダッシュ・パターン" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" "フォーカスが当たったことを示す矩形の描画に使用するダッシュ (-) のパターン" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "フォーカスのパディング" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "フォーカスが当たった表示部と 'box' ウィジェット間の幅 (ピクセル単位)" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "カーソルの色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "挿入カーソルを描画する色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "セカンダリのカーソルの色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "右→左と左→右のテキストが混在している時のセカンダリ挿入カーソルを描画する色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "カーソル行のアスペクト比" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "挿入カーソルを描画するアスペクト比" diff --git a/po-properties/ko.po b/po-properties/ko.po index 981738122..33012c3df 100644 --- a/po-properties/ko.po +++ b/po-properties/ko.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properrties 2.3.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-26 14:14+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-26 16:28+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: GNOME Korea <gnome-kr-hackers@lists.kldp.net>\n" @@ -95,114 +95,119 @@ msgstr "화면" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "렌더러를 위한 GdkScreen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "프로그램 이름" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" -msgstr "프로그램의 이름. 설정하지 않으면 기본값은 g_get_application_name()입니다" +msgstr "" +"프로그램의 이름. 설정하지 않으면 기본값은 g_get_application_name()입니다" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "프로그램 버전" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "프로그램의 버전" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "저작권 문자열" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "프로그램의 저작권 정보" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "설명 문자열" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "프로그램 설명" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "웹사이트 URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "프로그램의 웹사이트로 가는 링크 URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "웹사이트 레이블" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" -msgstr "프로그램의 웹사이트로 가는 링크의 레이블. 설정하지 않으면 그 URL을 사용합니다." +msgstr "" +"프로그램의 웹사이트로 가는 링크의 레이블. 설정하지 않으면 그 URL을 사용합니" +"다." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "개발자" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "프로그램의 개발자 목록" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "문서 작성자" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "프로그램의 문서를 작성한 사람 목록" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "아티스트" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "프로그램의 아트워크를 만든 사람의 목록" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "옮긴이" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "옮긴이 크레디트 목록. 이 문자열은 번역할 수 있게 표시해야 합니다" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "로고" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -msgstr "정보 대화 상자의 로고. 설정하지 않으면 기본값은 gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()입니다" +msgstr "" +"정보 대화 상자의 로고. 설정하지 않으면 기본값은 " +"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()입니다" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "로고 아이콘 이름" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "정보 대화 상자에 로고로 사용할 아이콘 이름." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "링크 색" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "하이퍼링크 색" @@ -284,7 +289,9 @@ msgstr "넘어갈 경우에 표시" msgid "" "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar " "overflow menu." -msgstr "참이면, 이 동작에 대한 도구항목 프록시를 도구 모음 넘어감 메뉴에서 표시합니다." +msgstr "" +"참이면, 이 동작에 대한 도구항목 프록시를 도구 모음 넘어감 메뉴에서 표시합니" +"다." #: gtk/gtkaction.c:258 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:166 msgid "Visible when vertical" @@ -1202,7 +1209,9 @@ msgstr "말줄임표" msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all" -msgstr "말줄임표를 사용할 경우 그 위치. 셀 렌더러에서 전체 문자열을 표시할 공간이 부족할 경우 사용." +msgstr "" +"말줄임표를 사용할 경우 그 위치. 셀 렌더러에서 전체 문자열을 표시할 공간이 부" +"족할 경우 사용." #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:434 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:365 #: gtk/gtklabel.c:453 @@ -2445,7 +2454,9 @@ msgstr "이 레이블의 단축 키가 눌렸을 경우 활성화할 위젯" msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string, if at all" -msgstr "말줄임표의 그 위치. 이 기능을 사용할 경우 레이블에 전체 문자열을 표시할 공간이 부족할 경우 사용합니다." +msgstr "" +"말줄임표의 그 위치. 이 기능을 사용할 경우 레이블에 전체 문자열을 표시할 공간" +"이 부족할 경우 사용합니다." #: gtk/gtklabel.c:474 msgid "Single Line Mode" @@ -2495,37 +2506,37 @@ msgstr "레이아웃의 너비" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "레이아웃의 높이" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "떼어내기 제목" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "이 메뉴를 떼어냈을 때 윈도우매니저에 의해 표시될 제목" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "떼어내기 상태" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "이 메뉴를 떼어냈는 지 여부를 나타내는 참/거짓 값" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "세로 여백" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "메뉴의 위쪽/아래쪽에 추가할 공간" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "세로 방향 오프셋" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2533,11 +2544,11 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴가 하위 메뉴일 경우, 세로 방향의 위치를 이 픽셀 개수만큼의 오프셋으로 합" "니다." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "가로 방향 오프셋" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2545,61 +2556,61 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴가 하위 메뉴일 경우, 가로 방향의 위치를 이 픽셀 개수만큼의 오프셋으로 합" "니다." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "왼쪽 붙임" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "하위 위젯의 왼쪽을 붙일 열 번호" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "오른쪽 붙임" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "하위 위젯의 오른쪽을 붙일 열 번호" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "위쪽 붙임" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "하위 위젯의 위쪽을 붙일 행 번호" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "아래쪽 붙임" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "하위 위젯의 아래쪽을 붙일 행 번호" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "단축키 바꾸기 가능" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "메뉴 항목 위에서 키를 눌러 메뉴 단축키를 바꿀 수 있는지 여부" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "하위 메뉴가 보이기 전까지의 지연 시간" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "하위 메뉴가 보이기 전까지 포인터가 메뉴 항목 위에서 기다릴 최소 시간" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "하위 메뉴를 감추기 전까지의 지연 시간" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -3027,7 +3038,9 @@ msgstr "진행률 표시줄에 표시할 텍스트" msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progressbar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all" -msgstr "문자열에 말줄임표를 붙일 위치 선택. 이 기능을 사용할 경우 진행 표시줄이 전체 문자열을 표시할 공간이 부족한 경우에 사용합니다." +msgstr "" +"문자열에 말줄임표를 붙일 위치 선택. 이 기능을 사용할 경우 진행 표시줄이 전체 " +"문자열을 표시할 공간이 부족한 경우에 사용합니다." #: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:139 msgid "The value" @@ -3748,7 +3761,9 @@ msgstr "좌, 우, 혹은 가운데 정렬" msgid "" "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint " "when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used." -msgstr "이 텍스트의 언어 (ISO 코드). 판고는 이 텍스트를 표시할 때 이 언어 값에서 힌트를 얻습니다. 설정하지 않으면 적당한 기본값을 사용합니다." +msgstr "" +"이 텍스트의 언어 (ISO 코드). 판고는 이 텍스트를 표시할 때 이 언어 값에서 힌트" +"를 얻습니다. 설정하지 않으면 적당한 기본값을 사용합니다." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:393 msgid "Left margin" diff --git a/po-properties/li.po b/po-properties/li.po index e2e94ec2a..4024a15df 100644 --- a/po-properties/li.po +++ b/po-properties/li.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-28 17:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mathieu van Woerkom <mathieu.brabants.org>\n" "Language-Team: Limburgish <li.org>\n" @@ -103,121 +103,121 @@ msgstr "Sjirm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "'t model van de TreeView" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Ittekètnaam" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "De orjentasie van de wirkbalk" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kelóm-spasiëring" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Tab-label" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "De orjentasie van de wirkbalk" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Booksjtaaftiepnaam" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Hujige Kleur" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2102,11 +2102,11 @@ msgstr "De tittel van 't vinster" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Naam van 't sjtanderd booksjtaaftiep" @@ -2655,11 +2655,11 @@ msgstr "De breide van de opmaak" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "De huugde van de opmaak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Aafsjeur-Tittel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2667,117 +2667,117 @@ msgstr "" "Eine tittel die getuind kèn waere door de windowmanager wen dit menu " "losgesjeurd weurt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Aafsjeur-Tittel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Eine tittel die getuind kèn waere door de windowmanager wen dit menu " "losgesjeurd weurt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikale opvölling" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "De toe te veuge ruumde baove en ónger ein widget, in pixels" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikale sjaal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontale sjaal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Linker verbènjing" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" "'t kelómnómmer woemit de linkerkantj van 't dochterwidget weurt verbónje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Rechter verbènjing" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" "'t kelómnómmer woemit de linkerkantj van 't dochterwidget weurt verbónje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Baoveverbènjing" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "'t riejnómmer woemit de óngerkantj van 't dochterwidget weurt verbónje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Óngerverbènjing" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "'t riejnómmer woemit de óngerkantj van 't dochterwidget weurt verbónje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kèn sjnaktósj verangere" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Of sjnaktósje verangerd kènne waere door 't drökke van ein tósj euver 't " "menu-item" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Vertraging ierdet submenus versjiene" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimumtied die de moesaanwiezer baove ein menu-item moot sjtaon ierdet 't " "submenu versjient" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Vertraging ierdet ein submenu verdwient" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4832,51 +4832,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Interne focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Of de focus-indikator in widgets moot waere geteikend" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "focus-lienbreide" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Breide, in pixels, van de focus-indikatorlien" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "focuslien-sjtreippetroen" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Sjtreippetroen van de focus-indikator" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "focus-opvölling" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Breide, in pixels, tösje de focus-indikator en de widget-box" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Kursorkleur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Kleur van de inveugkursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Sekundaere kursorkleur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4884,11 +4884,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kleur van de sekundaere inveugkursor bie 't bewirke van gemink rechs-nao-" "links en links-nao-rechs teks" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Kursorlienverhauwing" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Verhauwinge van de inveugkursor" diff --git a/po-properties/lt.po b/po-properties/lt.po index b895b430a..5228800df 100644 --- a/po-properties/lt.po +++ b/po-properties/lt.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-31 11:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-31 12:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Žygimantas Beručka <uid0@akl.lt>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt@konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -2356,8 +2356,8 @@ msgstr "Ikonos dydis" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:216 msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon" msgstr "" -"Simbolinis dydis naudojamas standartinėms ikonoms, ikonų rinkiniams " -"ar vardinėms ikonoms" +"Simbolinis dydis naudojamas standartinėms ikonoms, ikonų rinkiniams ar " +"vardinėms ikonoms" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:232 msgid "Pixel size" @@ -2528,37 +2528,37 @@ msgstr "Išdėstymo plotis" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Išdėstymo aukštis" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Nutraukimo Pavadinimas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Pavadinimas rodomas langų tvarkyklės, kai šis meniu yra nuplėštas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Atkabinimo būsena" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Loginė reikšmė, nurodanti ar meniu yra atkabinamas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikalus apvalkalas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Tarpas pridedamas meniu viršuje ir apačioje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikalus atitraukimas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2566,11 +2566,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kai meniu yra antrinė meniu dalis, atitraukti jį per nustatytą pikselių " "kiekį vertikaliai" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontalus atitraukimas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2578,65 +2578,65 @@ msgstr "" "Kai meniu yra antrinė meniu dalis, atitraukti jį per nustatytą pikselių " "kiekį horizontaliai" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Kairysis Priedas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Stulpelis, prie kurio reikia prijungti kairę susijusio objekto pusę" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Dešinysis Priedas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Stulpelis, prie kurio reikia prijungti dešinę susijusio objekto pusę" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Viršutinis Priedas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Eilutė, prie kurios reikia prijungti susijusio objekto viršų" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Apatinis Priedas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Eilutė, prie kurios reikia prijungti susijusio objekto apačią" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Gali keisti sparčius klavišus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Ar meniu trumpi klavišai gali būti pakeisti paspaudus klavišą virš meniu " "punkto" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Pauzė prieš išskleidžiant žemesnio lygio meniu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Mažiausias laiko tarpas, kurį rodyklė turi praleisti virš meniu punkto, tam " "kad išsiskleistų žemesnio lygio meniu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Pauzė prieš paslepiant žemesnio lygio meniu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" diff --git a/po-properties/lv.po b/po-properties/lv.po index 56778a06b..beef4d9cb 100644 --- a/po-properties/lv.po +++ b/po-properties/lv.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-12-19 16:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Artis Trops <hornet@navigator.lv>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <ll10nt@os.lv>\n" @@ -104,121 +104,121 @@ msgstr "Ekrāns" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Koka skata modelis" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Taga nosaukums" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Rīkjoslas orientācija" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kolonnu atstarpe" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Sadaļas iezīme" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Rīkjoslas orientācija" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Fonta Nosaukums" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Pašreizējā Krāsa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2085,11 +2085,11 @@ msgstr "Loga visraksts" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Noklusētā fonta nosaukums" @@ -2634,126 +2634,126 @@ msgstr "Izkārtojuma platums" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Izkārtojuma augstums" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Izslēgšanas Virsraksts" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Virsraksts, ko var parādīt logu pārvaldnieks, kad šī izvēlne ir izslēgta" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Izslēgšanas Virsraksts" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Virsraksts, ko var parādīt logu pārvaldnieks, kad šī izvēlne ir izslēgta" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikālā papildināšana" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" "Atstarpes apmērs, kādu pievienot uz augšu un apakšu no logdaļas, pikseļos" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikālais mērogs" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontālais mērogs" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Kreisā piesaiste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnas numurs, ko piesaistīt bērnam kreisajā pusē" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Labā piesaiste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnas numurs, ko piesaistīt bērnam kreisajā pusē" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Augšas piesaiste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Rindas numurs, ko piesaistīt bērna apagšas logdaļai" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Apakšas piesaiste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Rindas numurs, ko piesaistīt bērna apagšas logdaļai" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Var mainīt paātrinātājus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Vai izvēlņu paātrinātāji var tikt mainīti, nospiežot taustiņu virs izvēlnes " "priekšmeta" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Aizture pirms parādās apakšizvēlne" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimums laika, cik ilgi kursoram jāatrodas uz izvēlnes pirms parādās " "apakšizvēlne" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Aizture pirms apakšizvēlnes paslēpšanas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4790,51 +4790,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Iekšējais Fokuss" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Vai zīmēt fokusa indikātoru logdaļu iekšpusē" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokusa līnijas platums" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Fokusa indikātora līnijas platums pikseļos" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Fokusēr līnijas svītras rakstu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Lietotais svītras raksts, lai zīmētu fokusa indikātoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokusa papildināšana" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Platums pikseļos starp fokusa indikātoru un logdaļas 'rāmīti'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Kursora krāsa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Krāsa, ar kuru zīmēt ievietošanas kursoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Otrā kursora krāsa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4842,11 +4842,11 @@ msgstr "" "Krāsa, kādā zīmēt sekundāro ievietojuma kursoru, kad rediģē jaukto no-labās-" "uz-kreiso un no-kreisās-uz-labo tekstu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Kursora līnijas skata proporcija" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Skata proporcija, ar kuru zīmēt ievietojuma kursoru" diff --git a/po-properties/mi.po b/po-properties/mi.po index 736bbcc62..3db0c393c 100644 --- a/po-properties/mi.po +++ b/po-properties/mi.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-06 21:52+1300\n" "Last-Translator: John C Barstow <jbowtie@amathaine.com>\n" "Language-Team: Maori <maori@nzlinux.org.nz>\n" @@ -101,116 +101,116 @@ msgstr "Mata" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Momotuhi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "_Kano" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1978,11 +1978,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2498,107 +2498,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4540,61 +4540,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/mk.po b/po-properties/mk.po index c7a57f1a7..07e72e451 100644 --- a/po-properties/mk.po +++ b/po-properties/mk.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+.HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-12-15 23:20+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Stojmirov <stojmir@linux.net.mk>\n" "Language-Team: Macedonian <mk@li.org>\n" @@ -99,115 +99,115 @@ msgstr "Екран" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Име на фонтот" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1975,11 +1975,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2494,109 +2494,109 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Вертикално подредување" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Вертикално подредување" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4534,61 +4534,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/ml.po b/po-properties/ml.po index adfdeb69d..36df615aa 100644 --- a/po-properties/ml.po +++ b/po-properties/ml.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version:gtk+.gtk-2-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-07-05 10:29+0530\n" "Last-Translator: FSF-India <locale@gnu.org.in>\n" "Language-Team: Malayalam <locale@gnu.org.in>\n" @@ -104,121 +104,121 @@ msgstr "തിരച്ചിത്രം" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "വൃക്ഷകാഴ്ചയുടെ മാതൃക" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "അനുബന്ധപ്പേര്" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "ആയുധപ്പട്ടയുടെ അഭിവിന്യാസം" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "നിര വിടവ്" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "ടാബ് ലിഖിതം" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "ആയുധപ്പട്ടയുടെ അഭിവിന്യാസം" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "അക്ഷരരൂപ നാമം" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "കാലിക നിറം" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2068,11 +2068,11 @@ msgstr "ജാലകത്തിന്റെ തലക്കുറി" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "സ്വതേ ഉപയോഗിക്കുന്ന അക്ഷരരൂപത്തിന്റെ പേര് " @@ -2610,114 +2610,114 @@ msgstr "രൂപരേഖയുടെ വീതി" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "രൂപരേഖയുടെ ഉയരം" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "ലംബ ക്ഷേപകം" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "ലംബ തോത്" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "തിരശ്ചീനതോത്" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "ഇടത്ത് ചേര്ക്കുക" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "വലത്ത് ചേര്ക്കുക" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "മുകളില് ചേര്ക്കുക" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "താഴെ ചേര്ക്കുക" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "വേഗവര്ദ്ധിനിയ്ക്ക് മാറ്റം വരുത്താന് കഴിയുമോ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4736,63 +4736,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 #, fuzzy msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "ജാലകം കേന്ദ്രീകരിക്കുക" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 #, fuzzy msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "ക്രമീകരണ സൂചകം ദൃശ്യമാക്കേണ്ടതുണ്ടോ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "വരിയുടെ വീതി കേന്ദ്രീകരിക്കൂ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "ഘടന മായ്ക്കാന് കഴിയില്ല" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "ക്ഷേപകം കേന്ദ്രീകരിക്കൂ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "സ്ഥാനസൂചിയുടെ നിറം" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "ദ്വീതീയ സ്ഥാനസൂചി നിറം" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "ആകാരാനുപാതം" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/mn.po b/po-properties/mn.po index 09c53cb31..c8f21aa80 100644 --- a/po-properties/mn.po +++ b/po-properties/mn.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties.HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-09 12:13+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Sanlig Badral <badral@openmn.org>\n" "Language-Team: Mongolian <openmn-core@lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -116,126 +116,126 @@ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Модоор харуулах загвар" # gtk/gtktexttag.c:199 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Тагийн нэр" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktoolbar.c:225 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Хэрэгслийн мөрийн байршил" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktable.c:183 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Баганы хэмжээ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Бичээст хэрэглэх хэмжээ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktoolbar.c:225 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Хэрэгслийн мөрийн байршил" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" # gtk/gtksettings.c:215 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Бичгийн нэр" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" # gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1718 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Идэвхитэй өнгө " -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2290,12 +2290,12 @@ msgstr "Бичиг сонгогч цонхны гарчиг" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Стандарт файл сонгогч" # gtk/gtksettings.c:216 -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Стандартаар хэрэглэх GtkFileChooser· бакэндын нэр" @@ -2894,115 +2894,115 @@ msgstr "Байрлалын өргөн" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Байрлалын өндөр" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Буулгах гарчиг" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Энэ цэс буусан үед цонхны удирдагчаар харуулагдах боломтой гарчиг" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Буулгах гарчиг" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Энэ цэс буусан үед цонхны удирдагчаар харуулагдах боломтой гарчиг" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Босоо доторлогоо" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Цэсийн дээд ба доод зайн тусгай хэмжээ" # gtk/gtkalignment.c:130 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Босоо оффсет" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "Хэрэв цэс дэд цэс бол, босоогоор энэ тооны цэг байрлуулна." # gtk/gtkalignment.c:121 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Хэвтээ оффсет" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "Хэрэв цэс дэд цэс бол, хэвтээгээр энэ тооны цэг байрлуулна." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Зүүн хавсралт" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Элементийн харьяалагдах зүүн талын баганы дугаар" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "баруун хавсралт" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Хүүгийн баруун талд харьяалагдах зүүн талын баганы дугаар" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Дээд хавсралт" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Хүүгийн дээр харъяалагдах мөрийн дугаар" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Доод хавсралт" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Хүүгийн доор харъяалагдах мөрийн дугаар" # gtk/gtkmenu.c:260 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Товчлууруудын комбинацийг өөрчилж болно." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Цэсийн элемент дээр товч дарагдсан үед цэсийн хурдасгагч товчлууруудыг " "өөрчилж болох эсэх" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Дэд цэс харагдахаас өмнө түр завсарлах" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Дэд цэс харагдахаас өмнө хулганын заагч цэс дээр байх хамгийн бага хугацаа." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Дэд цэс хаагдахаас өмнө түр завсарлах" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -5204,65 +5204,65 @@ msgstr "Бүгдийн харуулагүй" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "gtk_widget_show_all() энэ вижетэд хамаарахгүй эсэх" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Дотоод төв оролт" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Удирдлагын элемент дотор төв заагчыг зурах эсэх" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Төв шугамын өргөн" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Төв заагчын шугамын өргөн (цэгээр)" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Төв шугаман хэв зургийн зураас" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Хэв зургийн зураас нь төв заагчийг зурахад хэрэглэнэ." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Дотоод төв" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Төв цэгийг заагч болон удирдлагын 'box' элементийн хоорондын өргөн " # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1077 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Түүчээний өнгө" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Нэмэлт түүчээний өнгө." # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1083 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Хоёрдогч түүчээний өнгө." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "Хоёрдахь нэмэлт түүчээний өнгө." # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1089 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Түүчээний харьцаа" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1090 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Түүчээний харьцаа." diff --git a/po-properties/mr.po b/po-properties/mr.po index 4a0d99471..9ed6b4f3f 100644 --- a/po-properties/mr.po +++ b/po-properties/mr.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+.mr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-13 14:59+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Jitendra Shah <jitendras@vsnl.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <www.indictrans.org>\n" @@ -119,125 +119,125 @@ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "ट्रीमॉडेलचे (बहुस्तरीय) स्वरुप" # gtk/gtktexttag.c:199 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "टॅगचे नाव" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktoolbar.c:225 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "टूलबारची दिशा" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktable.c:183 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "स्तंभामधील रिकामी जागा" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktoolbar.c:225 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "टूलबारची दिशा" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" # gtk/gtksettings.c:215 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "फोन्टचे नाव" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" # gtk/gtkstock.c:323 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "रंग(_C)" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2464,11 +2464,11 @@ msgstr "विन्डोचे शीर्षक" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -3139,12 +3139,12 @@ msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "रचनेची ऊंची" # gtk/gtkmenu.c:191 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "शिर्षक उडवा" # gtk/gtkmenu.c:192 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" @@ -3152,113 +3152,113 @@ msgid "" msgstr "हा मेनु काढुन टाकल्यानंतर विन्डो मॅनेजर असे शिर्षक देता येतेकृती बंद" # gtk/gtkmenu.c:191 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "शिर्षक उडवा" # gtk/gtkmenu.c:192 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "हा मेनु काढुन टाकल्यानंतर विन्डो मॅनेजर असे शिर्षक देता येतेकृती बंद" # gtk/gtkalignment.c:112 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "ओळींची उभी रचना" # gtk/gtkmisc.c:128 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "अक्षररुपात, विडगेटची वरील आणि खालील बाजू जोडण्यासाठी लागणारी मोकळी जागा" # gtk/gtkalignment.c:130 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "ओळींची उभी रचना " -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" # gtk/gtkalignment.c:121 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "आडव्या रेषेचे प्रमाण" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" # gtk/gtkstock.c:290 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "खालच्या भागात(_B)" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" # gtk/gtkmenu.c:260 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "वेगकारके बदलले जाऊ शकतात का" # gtk/gtkmenu.c:261 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "मेनूवरील एखादे बटण दाबून मेनुमधील गतीकारके बदलता येईल का?" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -5693,66 +5693,66 @@ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1051 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "प्रकाशित अंतर्भाग" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1052 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 #, fuzzy msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "विजेटचा आतील भाग प्रकाशमय करायचा आहे का" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1058 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "ओळींची रुंदी प्रकाशित करा" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1059 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 #, fuzzy msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "प्रकाशित सूचक ओळींची रुंदी" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1065 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "प्रकाशित करणारी ओळ तुटक रेषेच्या कोणत्या स्वरुपात दाखवावी" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1066 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 #, fuzzy msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "प्रकाशित ओळ बनविण्यासाठी वापरायची तुटक रेषा पध्दती " # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1071 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1072 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 #, fuzzy msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "प्रकाशित सूचक ओळी आणि विजेट 'चौकट' यांच्या मधील चित्रकणांच्या स्वरुपातील रुंदी" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1077 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "कर्सरचा रंग" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1078 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "ज्या रंगाने कर्सर बनवायचा आहे तो रंग" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1083 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "कर्सरचा दुय्यम रंग" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1084 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " @@ -5762,12 +5762,12 @@ msgstr "" "डावीकडून-उजवीकडे असा मजकुर असताना" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1089 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1090 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/ms.po b/po-properties/ms.po index 54b032848..2fa25b71a 100644 --- a/po-properties/ms.po +++ b/po-properties/ms.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Gtk+ 1.3.x\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-20 00:57+0730\n" "Last-Translator: Hasbullah Bin Pit <sebol@ikhlas.com>\n" "Language-Team: Projek Gabai <gabai-penyumbang@list.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -97,121 +97,121 @@ msgstr "Skrin" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Model pagi paparan pepohon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nama tag" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Orientasi toolbar" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Jarak ruang kolum" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Guna saiz pada label" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Orientasi toolbar" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nama Font" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Warna Semasa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2031,11 +2031,11 @@ msgstr "Tajuk bagi dialoh pemilihan font" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nama bagi tema ikon untuk digunakan" @@ -2569,41 +2569,41 @@ msgstr "Lebar bagi susunatur" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Tinggi bagi susunatur" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tajuk Pengoyak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Tajuk yang mungkin dipaparkan oleh pengurus tetingkap bila menu dikoyakkan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Tajuk Pengoyak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Tajuk yang mungkin dipaparkan oleh pengurus tetingkap bila menu dikoyakkan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Padding Menegak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Ruang tambahan pada atas dan bawah menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Ofset Menegak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2611,11 +2611,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bila menu adalah submenu, posisikan ia pada ofset bilangan piksel ini secara " "menegak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Ofset mengufuk" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2623,63 +2623,63 @@ msgstr "" "Bila menu adalah submenu, posisikan ia pada ofset bilangan piksel ini secara " "mengufuk" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Lampiran Kiri" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Bilangan kolum untuk dilampirkan ke sebelah kiri anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Lampiran Kanan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Bilangan kolum untuk dilampirkan ke sebelah kanan anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Lampiran Atas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Bilangan baris untuk dilampirkan ke sebelah atas anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Lampiran Bawah" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Bilangan baris untuk dilampirkan ke sebelah bawah anak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Boleh tukar Pemecut" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Samada pemecut menu boleh ditukar dengan menekan kekunci pada item menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Lengahan sebelum submenu muncul" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Masa minimum pentuding mesti kekal sebagai item menu sebelum submenu muncul" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Lengahan sebelum menyorok submenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4685,51 +4685,51 @@ msgstr "Tidak papar semua" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Samada gtk_widget_show_all() patut mempengaruhi wiget ini" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Fokus Dalaman" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Samada melukis penunjuk fokus di dalam widet" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokus lebar garisan" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Lebar, dalam piksel, bagi garisan penunjuk fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Corak sengkang garisan fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Corak sengkang yang digunakan untuk melukis penunjuk fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Padding fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Lebar, dalam piksel, di antara penunjuk fokus dan kekotak wiget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Warna kursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Warna yang digunakan untuk melukis kursor penyelitan" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Warna kursor sekunder" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4737,11 +4737,11 @@ msgstr "" "Warna untuk melukis kursor penyelitan sekunder bila mengedit campuran teks " "kanan-ke-kiri dan kiri-ke-kanan." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Nisbah aspek garis kursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Nisbah aspek digunakan untuk melukis kursor penyelitan" diff --git a/po-properties/nb.po b/po-properties/nb.po index 3a2213209..e3b16c316 100644 --- a/po-properties/nb.po +++ b/po-properties/nb.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-19 15:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-19 15:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@gnome.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian (bokmål) <i18n-nb@lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -96,114 +96,120 @@ msgstr "Skjerm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "GdkScreen for rendreren" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Navn på program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" -msgstr "Navnet på programmet. Hvis dette ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være returverdien fra g_get_application_name()" +msgstr "" +"Navnet på programmet. Hvis dette ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være " +"returverdien fra g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Programversjon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Programmets versjon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Informasjon om opphavsrett" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Informasjon om opphavsrett for programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kommentarfelt" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Kommentarer om programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL til nettside" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "URL for lenke til programmets nettside" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etikett for nettside" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" -msgstr "Etikett for lenken til programmets nettside. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være URLen" +msgstr "" +"Etikett for lenken til programmets nettside. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil " +"forvalgt verdi være URLen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Forfattere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Liste med programmets forfattere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumenterere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Liste med personer som har skrevet dokumentasjon for programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artister" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Liste med personer som har laget grafikk for programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Oversettere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Oversettere. Denne strengen skal markeres som oversettbar" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -msgstr "En logo for Om-boksen. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være returverdien fra gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" +msgstr "" +"En logo for Om-boksen. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være " +"returverdien fra gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Navn på logoikon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Et navngitt ikon som skal brukes som logo i Om-boksen." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Lenkefarge" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Farge på hyperlenker" @@ -1796,7 +1802,9 @@ msgstr "X-justering" msgid "" "The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL " "layouts." -msgstr "Horisontal justering, fra 0 (venstre) til 1 (høyre). Omvendt for RTL-utforminger." +msgstr "" +"Horisontal justering, fra 0 (venstre) til 1 (høyre). Omvendt for RTL-" +"utforminger." #: gtk/gtkentry.c:828 msgid "Select on focus" @@ -2015,11 +2023,11 @@ msgstr "Tittel på filvelgerdialogen." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Ønsket bredde på knappekomponenten i tegn." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:627 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Forvalgt motor for filvelger" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:628 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Navn på GtkFileChooser-motor som skal brukes som forvalg" @@ -2542,41 +2550,41 @@ msgstr "Bredde på plasseringen" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Høyde på plasseringen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tittel for avrevet meny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "En tittel som skal vises av vindushåndtereren når denne menyen er avrevet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Tittel for avrevet meny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "En tittel som skal vises av vindushåndtereren når denne menyen er avrevet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikalt fyll" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Ekstra mellomrom på topp og bunn av menyen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikal avstand" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2584,11 +2592,11 @@ msgstr "" "Plasser menyen med vertikal avstand lik dette antall piksler når den er en " "undermeny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horisontal avstand" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2596,63 +2604,63 @@ msgstr "" "Plasser menyen med horisontal avstand lik dette antall piksler når den er en " "undermeny." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Venstre feste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnenummer som venstre side av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Høyre feste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnenummer som høyre side av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Toppfeste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Radnummer som toppen av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Bunnfeste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Radnummer som bunn av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kan endre akselleratorer" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Om menyakselleratorer kan endres ved å trykke en tast over menyoppføringen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Pause før undermenyer vises" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minste tid pekeren kan være over en menyoppføring før undermenyen vises" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Pause før en undermeny skjules" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4662,51 +4670,51 @@ msgstr "Ikke vis alle" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Om gtk_widget_show_all() skal ha effekt for denne komponenten" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Internt fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Om fokusindikator skal tegnes inne i et widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokuslinjebredde" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Fokusindikatorlinjens bredde i piksler" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Prikkemønster for fokuslinje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Prikkemønster som brukes til å tegne fokusindikator" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fyll for fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Bredde i piksler mellom fokusindikator og widgetboksen" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Markørfarge" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Farge som markøren skal tegnes med" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Sekundær markørfarge" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4714,11 +4722,11 @@ msgstr "" "Farge for sekundær innsettingsmarkør ved redigering av blandet høyre-til-" "venstre og venstre-til-høyre tekst" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Aspektrate for markørlinje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Aspektrate for tegning av innsettingsmarkør" diff --git a/po-properties/ne.po b/po-properties/ne.po index 4b7046f05..eab40ea8b 100644 --- a/po-properties/ne.po +++ b/po-properties/ne.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-29 18:42+0545\n" "Last-Translator: Pawan Chitrakar <pawan@nplinux.org>\n" "Language-Team: \n" @@ -92,121 +92,121 @@ msgstr "पर्दा" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "उर्ध्व दृश्यका लागि ढाँचा" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "ट्यागको नाम" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "औजारबारको अभिमुखीकरण" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "स्तम्भ स्पेसिङ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "लेबलमा आकार प्रयोग गर" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "औजारबारको अभिमुखीकरण" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "वर्णको नाम" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "विद्यमान रङ्ग" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1996,11 +1996,11 @@ msgstr "वर्ण छनौट सम्बादको शिर्सक" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित लेखपत्र छनौटकर्ताको मेरुदण्ड" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "जीटीके फाइल चयकको नाम पछाडि पारेर पूर्वनिर्धारित प्रयोग गर्न" @@ -2527,109 +2527,109 @@ msgstr "मोहडाको चौडाई" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "मोहडाको उचाई" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "शीर्षक च्यातेर फ्याल" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "यो मेनु बन्द हुँदा विण्डो प्रवन्धकले देखाउन सक्ने शीर्षक " -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "शीर्षक च्यातेर फ्याल" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "यो मेनु बन्द हुँदा विण्डो प्रवन्धकले देखाउन सक्ने शीर्षक " -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "उर्ध्व गद्दा" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "सूचीको माथि र तल पट्टी अतिरिक्त ठाँउ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "उर्ध्व स्थापति गर्नु" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "जब मेनु नै उपमेनु हुन्छ उर्ध्वतलीय समरूप पिक्सेलहरूको संख्या यो स्थितिमा राख्नुस्" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "क्षितिजीय स्थापित गर्नु" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "जब मेनु नै उपमेनु हुन्छ समतलीय समरूप पिक्सेलहरूको संख्या यो स्थितिमा राख्नुस्" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "बाँया संलग्न" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "शाखाको देब्रे तिर स्तम्भ संख्या जोडिन्छ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "दाँया सम्लग्न" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "शाखाको दाहिनेतिर स्तम्भ संख्या जोडिन्छ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "माथि सम्लग्न" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "शाखाको माथि तिर तेर्सो लाईनको संख्या जोडिन्छ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "तल सम्लग्न" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "शाखाको तलतिर तेर्सो लाईनको संख्या जोडिन्छ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "द्रुतसञ्चालकहरु परिवर्तन गर्न सकिन्छ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "जहा सूची द्रुतसञ्चालकहरु सूची आइटम माथि एउटा कि थिचेर परिवर्तन हुन सक्छन" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "सहायक सूचीहरु आउनु अघि ढीलो" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "उपसूची आउनु भन्दा पहिले थोरै समय प्वाइन्टर/कर्ता सूची आइटममाथि बस्नु पर्छ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "सहायक सूचीहरु लुक्नुअघि ढीलो" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4605,62 +4605,62 @@ msgstr "सबै नदेखाऊ" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "जीटीके_औजार_देखाउने_सबै() ले यो औजारलाई असरपार्न सक्दैन" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "आन्तरिक संकेन्द्रविन्दु" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "जब औजारभित्र संकेन्द्रविन्दु खिच्नु छ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "चौडाइलाईनको संकेन्द्र" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "संकेन्द्रितविन्दु सूभक लाईनको चौडाई पिक्सेलमा" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "धर्सा नमुनाको संकेन्द्रविन्दु लाईन" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "संकेन्द्रविन्दु सूचक खिच्नका लागि प्रयोग हुने धर्साको नमुना" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "रिक्तस्थान पूर्तिका लागि संकेन्द्रित विन्दु" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "संकेन्द्रविन्दु सूचक र औजार बाकसबीचमा पिक्सेलमा चौडाई" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "कर्सर रङ्ग" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "इन्सर्सन कर्सर खिच्ने रङ्ग" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "द्वितीयक कर्सर रङ्ग" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "दायाँबाट बायाँ र बायाँबाट दायाँको पाठ सम्पादन गर्न द्वितीयक इन्सर्सन कर्सर खिच्ने रङ्ग " -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "कर्सर लाईनको आशा गरिएको अनुपात" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "इन्सर्सन कर्सर खिच्नका लागि अनुपातको आशा" diff --git a/po-properties/nl.po b/po-properties/nl.po index dee5a81a5..aadafcf3e 100644 --- a/po-properties/nl.po +++ b/po-properties/nl.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-01 16:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Tino Meinen <a.t.meinen@chello.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <vertaling@vrijschrift.org>\n" @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "het GdkScreen voor de renderer" # Naam programma -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Programmanaam" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -125,44 +125,44 @@ msgstr "" "De naam van het programma. Als dit niet is ingesteld wordt standaard " "g_get_application_name() gebruikt" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Programmaversie" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "De versie van het programma" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyright-tekenreeks" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyright-informatie over het programma" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Opmerking-tekenreeks" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Opmerkingen over het programma" # webstek -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Website URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "De URL voor de link naar de website van het programma" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Website-label" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -170,46 +170,46 @@ msgstr "" "De label voor de link naar de website van het programma. Als dit niet is " "ingesteld wordt standaard de URL gebruikt" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Auteurs" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Lijst met de makers van het programma" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Documentalisten" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Lijst van degenen die het programma hebben gedocumenteerd" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artiesten" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" "Lijst van degenen die hebben bijgedragen aan het grafische werk van het " "programma" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Vertalers" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "De vertalers. Deze tekenreeks moet als vertaalbaar worden gemarkeerd" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -217,20 +217,20 @@ msgstr "" "Een logo voor het info-dialoogvenster. Als er geen logo is gegeven wordt " "standaard gtk_window_het_default_icon_list() gebruikt." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Logo-pictogram" # dat als logo wordt gebruikt in het info-venster. -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Een pictogram met naam voor een logo in het info-venster." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Link-kleur" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "De kleur van hyperlinks" @@ -2083,11 +2083,11 @@ msgstr "De titel van het bestandsselectie-dialoogvenster." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "De gewenste breedte van het knop-widget, in lettertekens." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Standaard backend bestandkiezer" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Naam van de gebruikte backend voor de bestandkiezer" @@ -2613,11 +2613,11 @@ msgstr "De breedte van de opmaak" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "De hoogte van de opmaak" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Afscheur-titel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2625,27 +2625,27 @@ msgstr "" "Een titel die weergegeven kan worden door de windowmanager als dit menu " "losgescheurd wordt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Afscheur-status" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Een boolese die aangeeft of het menu losgescheurd is" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Verticale opvulling" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Extra ruimte aan de boven en onderkant van het menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Verticale verschuiving" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2653,11 +2653,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer het menu een submenu is, verschuif het verticaal over zoveel " "beeldpunten" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontale verschuiving" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2665,65 +2665,65 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer het menu een submenu is, verschuif het horizontaal over zoveel " "beeldpunten" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Linker verbinding" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Het kolomnummer waarmee de linkerkant van de dochter wordt verbonden" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Rechter verbinding" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Het kolomnummer waarmee de rechterkant van de dochter wordt verbonden" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Bovenverbinding" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Het rijnummer waarmee de bovenkant van de dochter wordt verbonden" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Onderverbinding" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Het rijnummer waarmee de onderkant van de dochter wordt verbonden" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kan sneltoetsen wijzigen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Of sneltoetsen veranderd kunnen worden door het drukken van een toets over " "het menu-item" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Vertraging voordat submenus verschijnen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimumtijd die de muisaanwijzer boven een menu-item moet staan voordat het " "submenu verschijnt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Vertraging voordat een submenu verdwijnt" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4783,51 +4783,51 @@ msgstr "Geen 'alles tonen'" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Of gtk_widget_show_all() wel of geen invloed heeft op dit widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Interne aandacht" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Of de aandacht-indicator in widgets moet worden afgebeeld" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Aandacht-lijnbreedte" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Breedte, in beeldpunten, van de aandacht-indicatorlijn" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Aandachtlijn-streeppatroon" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Streeppatroon van de aandacht-indicator" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Aandacht-opvulling" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Breedte, in beeldpunten, tussen de aandacht-indicator en de widget-box" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursorkleur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Kleur van de invoegcursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secundaire cursorkleur" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4835,11 +4835,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kleur van de secundaire invoegcursor bij het bewerken van gemengd rechts-" "naar-links en links-naar-rechts tekst" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Cursorlijnverhouding" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Verhoudingen van de invoegcursor" diff --git a/po-properties/nn.po b/po-properties/nn.po index 6deacad59..92e2959ef 100644 --- a/po-properties/nn.po +++ b/po-properties/nn.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nn\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-03 23:53+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Åsmund Skjæveland <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn@lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -109,120 +109,120 @@ msgstr "Skjerm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Modellen for trevisinga" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Retning på verktøylinja" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kolonnemellomrom" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Bruk storleik i merkelapp" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Retning på verktøylinja" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Skriftnamn" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Noverande farge" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2063,11 +2063,11 @@ msgstr "Tittelen på skrifttypeveljardialogen" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Namn på ikondrakta som skal brukast" @@ -2608,115 +2608,115 @@ msgstr "Breidda på plasseringa" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Høgda på plasseringa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tittel på avriven meny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Ein tittel som kan visast av vindaugshandsamaren når denne menyen er riven av" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Tittel på avriven meny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Ein tittel som kan visast av vindaugshandsamaren når denne menyen er riven av" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Loddrett polstring" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Kor mykje plass som skal setjast av i toppen og botnen av menyen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Loddrett forskyving" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "Når menyen er ein undermeny, skal han forskyvast loddrett så mange pikslar" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vassrett forskyving" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" "Når menyen er ein undermeny, skal han forskyvast vassrett så mange pikslar" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Venstre feste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "<Kolonnenummeret som venstre side av barnet skal festast i" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Høgre feste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnenummeret som høgre side av barnet skal festast i" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Toppfeste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnenummeret som toppen av barnet skal festast i" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Botnfeste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnenummeret som botnen av barnet skal festast i" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kan endra snøggtastar" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "Om menysnøggtastar kan endrast ved å trykka ein tast over menyvalet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Pause før undermenyar vert viste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Den minste tida peikaren må vera over ei menyoppføring før undermenyen kjem " "fram" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Pause før undermenyar går vekk" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4751,51 +4751,51 @@ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" "Om gtk_widget_show_all() <b>ikkje</b> skal påvirka dette skjermelementet" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Internt fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Om fokusindikatoren skal teiknast inni skjermelementa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokuslinjebreidde" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Breidda, i pikslar, på fokusindikatorlinja" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Prikkemønster på fokuslinja" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Prikkemønster som vert brukt til å teikna fokusindikatoren" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokuspolstring" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Breidda, i pikslar, mellom fokusindikatoren og elementboksen" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Markørfarge" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Fargen som innsetjingsmarkøren skal teiknast med" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Sekundær markørfarge" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4803,11 +4803,11 @@ msgstr "" "Fargen som den sekundære innsetjingsmarkøren skal teiknast med under " "redigering av blanda venstre-til-høgre- og høgre-til-venstre-tekst" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Tilhøvetalet for markørlinja" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Tilhøvetalet som innsetjingsmarkøren skal teiknast med" diff --git a/po-properties/no.po b/po-properties/no.po index 3a2213209..e3b16c316 100644 --- a/po-properties/no.po +++ b/po-properties/no.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-19 15:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-19 15:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@gnome.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian (bokmål) <i18n-nb@lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -96,114 +96,120 @@ msgstr "Skjerm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "GdkScreen for rendreren" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Navn på program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" -msgstr "Navnet på programmet. Hvis dette ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være returverdien fra g_get_application_name()" +msgstr "" +"Navnet på programmet. Hvis dette ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være " +"returverdien fra g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Programversjon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Programmets versjon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Informasjon om opphavsrett" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Informasjon om opphavsrett for programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kommentarfelt" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Kommentarer om programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL til nettside" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "URL for lenke til programmets nettside" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etikett for nettside" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" -msgstr "Etikett for lenken til programmets nettside. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være URLen" +msgstr "" +"Etikett for lenken til programmets nettside. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil " +"forvalgt verdi være URLen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Forfattere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Liste med programmets forfattere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumenterere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Liste med personer som har skrevet dokumentasjon for programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artister" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Liste med personer som har laget grafikk for programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Oversettere" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Oversettere. Denne strengen skal markeres som oversettbar" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -msgstr "En logo for Om-boksen. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være returverdien fra gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" +msgstr "" +"En logo for Om-boksen. Hvis denne ikke er satt vil forvalgt verdi være " +"returverdien fra gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Navn på logoikon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Et navngitt ikon som skal brukes som logo i Om-boksen." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Lenkefarge" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Farge på hyperlenker" @@ -1796,7 +1802,9 @@ msgstr "X-justering" msgid "" "The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL " "layouts." -msgstr "Horisontal justering, fra 0 (venstre) til 1 (høyre). Omvendt for RTL-utforminger." +msgstr "" +"Horisontal justering, fra 0 (venstre) til 1 (høyre). Omvendt for RTL-" +"utforminger." #: gtk/gtkentry.c:828 msgid "Select on focus" @@ -2015,11 +2023,11 @@ msgstr "Tittel på filvelgerdialogen." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Ønsket bredde på knappekomponenten i tegn." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:627 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Forvalgt motor for filvelger" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:628 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Navn på GtkFileChooser-motor som skal brukes som forvalg" @@ -2542,41 +2550,41 @@ msgstr "Bredde på plasseringen" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Høyde på plasseringen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tittel for avrevet meny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "En tittel som skal vises av vindushåndtereren når denne menyen er avrevet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Tittel for avrevet meny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "En tittel som skal vises av vindushåndtereren når denne menyen er avrevet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikalt fyll" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Ekstra mellomrom på topp og bunn av menyen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikal avstand" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2584,11 +2592,11 @@ msgstr "" "Plasser menyen med vertikal avstand lik dette antall piksler når den er en " "undermeny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horisontal avstand" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2596,63 +2604,63 @@ msgstr "" "Plasser menyen med horisontal avstand lik dette antall piksler når den er en " "undermeny." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Venstre feste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnenummer som venstre side av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Høyre feste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Kolonnenummer som høyre side av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Toppfeste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Radnummer som toppen av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Bunnfeste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Radnummer som bunn av etterkommer skal festes til" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kan endre akselleratorer" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Om menyakselleratorer kan endres ved å trykke en tast over menyoppføringen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Pause før undermenyer vises" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minste tid pekeren kan være over en menyoppføring før undermenyen vises" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Pause før en undermeny skjules" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4662,51 +4670,51 @@ msgstr "Ikke vis alle" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Om gtk_widget_show_all() skal ha effekt for denne komponenten" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Internt fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Om fokusindikator skal tegnes inne i et widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokuslinjebredde" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Fokusindikatorlinjens bredde i piksler" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Prikkemønster for fokuslinje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Prikkemønster som brukes til å tegne fokusindikator" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fyll for fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Bredde i piksler mellom fokusindikator og widgetboksen" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Markørfarge" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Farge som markøren skal tegnes med" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Sekundær markørfarge" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4714,11 +4722,11 @@ msgstr "" "Farge for sekundær innsettingsmarkør ved redigering av blandet høyre-til-" "venstre og venstre-til-høyre tekst" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Aspektrate for markørlinje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Aspektrate for tegning av innsettingsmarkør" diff --git a/po-properties/nso.po b/po-properties/nso.po index 6db66c4e9..dcad62b62 100644 --- a/po-properties/nso.po +++ b/po-properties/nso.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties 2.8-branch\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-30 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Zuza Software Foundation <info@translate.org.za>\n" "Language-Team: Northern Sotho <translate-discuss-nso@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -99,120 +99,120 @@ msgstr "Sekirini" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Mohlala wa go lebelela mohlare" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Leina la leswao" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Thulaganyo ya bara ya sedirišwa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Go dira sekgoba kholomong" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Diriša bogolo leswaong" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Leina la Sehlogo sa Leswao" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Mmala wa Gona bjale" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2102,11 +2102,11 @@ msgstr "Sehlogo sa poledišano ka kgetho ya fonto" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Dira gore mafelelo a sekgethi sa faele a hlaelele" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Leina la mafelelo la GtkFileChooser leo le tla dirišwago ke tlhaelelo" @@ -2658,11 +2658,11 @@ msgstr "Bophara bja go bea" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Bophagamo bja go bea" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Sehlogo sa go Kgeila" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2670,31 +2670,31 @@ msgstr "" "Sehlogo seo se ka bontšhwago ka molaodi wa lefesetere ge lelokelelo le la " "dikagare le kgeitšwe" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Sehlogo sa go Kgeila" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Sehlogo seo se ka bontšhwago ka molaodi wa lefesetere ge lelokelelo le la " "dikagare le kgeitšwe" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Go Aletša mo go Tsepamego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Sekgoba se oketšegilego godimo le ka tlase ga lelokelelo la dikagare" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Go Leka-lekanywa mo go Tsepamego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2703,11 +2703,11 @@ msgstr "" "dikarolwaneng tše tše mmalwa tše bopago seswantšho bo leka-lekanywa ka mo go " "tsepamego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Go Leka-lekanywa mo go Rapamego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2716,73 +2716,73 @@ msgstr "" "dikarolwana tše mmalwa tše bopago seswantšho bo swanetše go leka-lekanywa ka " "mo go rapamego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Kgokaganya go Lanngele" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" "Nomoro ya kholomo yeo go swanetšego go kgokaganywa lehlakore lanngele la " "ngwana go yona" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Kgokaganya go Lagoja" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" "Nomoro ya kholomo yeo go swanetšego go kgokaganywa lehlakore lagoja la " "ngwana go yona" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Kgokaganya Godimo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" "Nomoro ya mothalo yeo go swanetšego go kgokaganya bokagodimo bja ngwana go " "wona" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Kgokaganya ka Tlase" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" "Nomoro ya mothalo yeo go swanetšego go kgokaganywa bokatlase bja ngwana go " "wona" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "E ka fetola diakgofiši" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Ge eba diakgofiši tša lelokelelo la dikagare di ka fetolwa ka go gatela " "senotlelo selong sa lelokelelo la dikagare" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Diega pele ga ge dika-lelokelelo la dikagare di tšwelela" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Nako e nyenyane yeo selaetši se swanetšego go dula godimo ga selo sa " "lelokelelo la dikagare pele ga ge seka-lelokelelo la dikagare se tšwelela" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Diega pele ga ge o uta seka-lelokelelo la dikagare" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4941,60 +4941,60 @@ msgstr "Ga go na bontšha ka moka" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Ge eba gtk_widget_show_all() ga e a swanela go kgoma sedirišwa se" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Go Lebiša hlokomelo ga ka Gare" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" "Ge eba go swanetše go thalwe selaetši sa go bontšha hlokomelo ka gare ga " "didirišwa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Bophara bja mothaladi bja go lebiša hlokomelo" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" "Bophara, dikarolwaneng tše bopago seswantšho, bja mothaladi wa selaetši sa " "go lebiša hlokomelo" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Mohlala wa go thula wa mothaladi wa go lebiša hlokomelo" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" "Mohlala wa go thula o dirišetšwago go thala selaetši sa go lebiša hlokomelo" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Go aletša ga go lebiša hlokomelo" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Bophara, dikarolwaneng tše bopago seswantšho, magareng ga selaetši sa go " "lebiša hlokomelo le 'lepokisi' la sedirišwa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Mmala wa leswao la go bontšha mo o lego" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" "Mmala woo go swanetšego go thalwa go tsenywa ga leswao la go bontšha mo o " "lego" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Mmala wa bobedi wa leswao la go bontšha mo o lego" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -5003,11 +5003,11 @@ msgstr "" "bontšha mo o lego ge go lokiša go tswakilwe go tloga go lagoja go ya go " "lanngele le lanngele go ya go lagoja" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Tekanyo ya karolo ya mothaladi wa leswao leo le bontšhago mo o lego" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" "Tekanyo ya karolo yeo go ka thalwago ka yona tsenyo ya leswao leo le " diff --git a/po-properties/pa.po b/po-properties/pa.po index c3678df69..60c5aafb5 100644 --- a/po-properties/pa.po +++ b/po-properties/pa.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-07-22 13:55+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Alam <aalam@redhat.com>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <pa@li.org>\n" @@ -99,121 +99,121 @@ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "ਟਰੀ-ਦਰਿਸ਼ ਲਈ ਨਮੂਨਾ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "ਟੈਗ ਨਾਉ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "ਸੰਦਪੱਟੀ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "ਕਾਲਮਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "ਲੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਕਾਰ ਵਰਤੋ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "ਸੰਦਪੱਟੀ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "ਫੋਟ-ਨਾਉ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਰੰਗ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1992,11 +1992,11 @@ msgstr "ਫੋਟ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਤਖਤੀ ਦਾ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੋਣ ਬੈਕਐਡ" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "GtkFileChooser ਦਾ ਨਾਉ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ" @@ -2523,109 +2523,109 @@ msgstr "ਖਾਕੇ ਦੀ ਚੌਡ਼ਾਈ" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "ਖਾਕੇ ਦੀ ਉਚਾਈ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "ਜਦੋ ਸੂਚੀ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦਾ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਦਿੱਸ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "ਜਦੋ ਸੂਚੀ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦਾ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਦਿੱਸ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "ਲੰਬਕਾਰੀ ਚਿਣੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "ਸੂਚੀ ਦੇ ਉਪੱਰ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਵਾਧੂ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "ਲੰਬਕਾਰੀ ਸੰਤੁਲਨ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "ਜਦੋ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਬ-ਸੂਚੀ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੰਨੇ ਪਿਕਸਿਲ ਲੰਬਕਾਰ ਦਿਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਤੁਲਿਤ ਕਰੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "ਲੇਟਵੀ ਸੰਤਲਨ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "ਜਦੋ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਬ-ਸੂਚੀ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੰਨੇ ਪਿਕਸਿਲ ਲੇਟਵੀ ਦਿਸ਼ਾ ਸੰਤੁਲਿਤ ਕਰੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "ਖੱਬਾ ਜੋਡ਼ੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "ਚਲਾਇਡ ਨਾਲ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਜੋਡ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕਾਲਮ ਦਾ ਨੰਬਰ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "ਸੱਜੇ ਜੋਡ਼ੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "ਚਲਾਇਡ ਨਾਲ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਜੋਡ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕਾਲਮ ਦਾ ਨੰਬਰ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "ਉਪੱਰ ਜੋਡ਼ੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "ਚਲਾਇਡ ਨਾਲ ਉਪਰਲੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਜੋਡ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਸਤਰ ਦਾ ਨੰਬਰ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "ਹੇਠਾਂ ਜੋਡ਼ੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "ਚਲਾਇਡ ਨਾਲ ਹੇਠਲੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਜੋਡ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਸਤਰ ਦਾ ਨੰਬਰ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "ਤੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "ਕੀ ਸੂਚੀ-ਤੇਜ਼ ਸੂਚੀ ਉਪੱਰ ਇੱਕ ਕੀ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਨਾਲ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋ ਜਾਣ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "ਸਬ-ਸੂਚੀ ਦੇ ਉਭੱਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੇਰੀ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਸਮਾਂ, ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਸਬ-ਸੂਚੀ ਦੇ ਖੁਲਣ ਤੋ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਸੂਚੀ ਚੀਜ਼ ਉਪੱਰ ਹੀ ਰਹੇ " -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਬ-ਸੂਚੀ ਨੂੰ ਉਹਲੇ ਹੋਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੇਰੀ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4595,51 +4595,51 @@ msgstr "ਸਾਰੇ ਨਾ ਵੇਖਾਉ" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "ਕੀ gtk_widget_show_all() ਸਾਰੇ ਵਿਦਗਿਟ ਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਿਤ ਨਾ ਕਰੇ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਕੇਦਰਿਤ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "ਕੀ ਵਿਦਗਿਟ ਵਿਚ ਕੇਦਰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "ਕੇਦਰੀ ਰੇਖਾ-ਚੌਡ਼ਾਈ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "ਕੇਦਰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਰੇਖਾ ਦੀ ਚੌਡ਼ਾਈ (ਪਿਕਸਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ)" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "ਕੇਦਰੀ ਰੇਖਾ ਡੈਸ ਤਰਤੀਬ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "ਕੇਦਰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਨੂੰ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਡੱਬੀਦਾਰ ਤਰਤੀਬ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "ਕੇਦਰੀ ਚਿਣਾਵ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "ਕੇਦਰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਅਤੇ ਵਿਦਗਿਟ 'ਡੱਬੇ' ਵਿਚਕਾਰ ਦੀ ਚੌਡ਼ਾਈ (ਪਿਕਸਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ)" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "ਕਰਸਰ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "ਵਿਚਕਾਰਲੀ ਕਰਸਰ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਰੰਗ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "ਕਰਸਰ ਦਾ ਸੈਕੰਡਰੀ ਰੰਗ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4647,11 +4647,11 @@ msgstr "" "ਰੰਗ ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਸੈਕੰਡਰੀ ਵਿਚਕਾਰਲੀ ਕਰਸਰ ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ, ਜਦੋ ਕਿ ਸੱਜੇ ਤੋ ਖੱਬੇ ਤੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਤੋ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਠ ਦੇ ਰੱਲਵੇ " "ਨੂੰ ਸੋਧਣਾ ਹੈ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "ਕਰਸਰ ਰੇਖਾ ਦਾ ਅਕਾਰ ਅਨੁਪਾਤ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "ਵਿਚਕਾਰਲੀ ਕਰਸਰ ਖਿੱਚਣ ਲਈ ਅਕਾਰ ਅਨੁਪਾਤ" diff --git a/po-properties/pl.po b/po-properties/pl.po index 76516afb4..9ddf2ff22 100644 --- a/po-properties/pl.po +++ b/po-properties/pl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-12 08:33+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-11-14 17:38+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Gnome PL Team <translators@gnomepl.org>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <translation-team-pl@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ msgstr "Ekran" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "GdkScreen dla elementu rendereującego" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nazwa programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -112,43 +112,43 @@ msgstr "" "Nazwa programu. Jeżeli nie jest ustawiona, domyślnie zostanie użyta funkcja " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Wersja programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Wersja programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Prawa autorskie" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Informacje o prawach autorskich programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Ciąg opisowy" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Opis programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Adres strony domowej" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "Adres URL odnośnika do strony domowej programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etykieta strony domowej" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -156,44 +156,44 @@ msgstr "" "Etykieta odnośnika do strony domowej programu. Jeżeli nie jest ustawiona, " "domyślnie przedstawia adres URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autorzy" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Lista autorów programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Autorzy dokumentacji" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Lista osób tworzących dokumentację programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artyści" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Lista osób współpracujących przy tworzeniu szaty graficznej programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Zasługi tłumaczy" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Zasługi tłumaczy. Ten ciąg powinien zostać oznaczony do tłumaczenia" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -201,19 +201,19 @@ msgstr "" "Logo do okna z informacją o programie. Jeżeli nie jest ustawione, domyślnie " "przyjmuje wartość gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nazwa ikony logo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Ikona używana jako logo w oknie z informacją o programie." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Kolor odnośnika" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Kolor hyperodnośników" @@ -2067,11 +2067,11 @@ msgstr "Tytuł okna dialogowego wyboru plików." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Żądana szerokość widgetu przycisku (w znakach)." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Domyślne wsparcie wybierania plików" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nazwa domyślnie używanego wsparcia GtkFileChooser" @@ -2589,114 +2589,114 @@ msgstr "Szerokość układu" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Wysokość układu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Tytuł przy oderwaniu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Tytuł wyświetlany przez menedżera okien, kiedy menu jest oderwane" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Stan oderwania" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Wartość logiczna wskazująca, czy menu jest oderwane" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Wyściółka pionowa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Dodatkowa przestrzeń na górze i dole menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Przesunięcie w pionie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "Gdy menu jest podmenu, przesuwane jest w pionie o wybraną liczbę pikseli" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Przesunięcie w poziomie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" "Gdy menu jest podmenu, przesuwane jest w poziomie o wybraną liczbę pikseli" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Przyłączenie lewe" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Liczba kolumn przyłączanych z lewej strony widgetu potomnego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Przyłączenie prawe" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Liczba kolumn przyłączanych z prawej strony widgetu potomnego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Przyłączenie górne" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Liczba wierszy przyłączanych od góry widgetu potomnego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Przyłączenie dolne" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Liczba wierszy przyłączanych od dołu widgetu potomnego" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Możliwa zmiana akceleratorów" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Określa, czy możliwa jest zmiana akceleratorów poprzez przyciśnięcie " "klawisza przy zaznaczonym elemencie menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Opóźnienie pojawienia się podmenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimalny okres czasu, przez jaki wskaźnik musi znajdować się nad elementem, " "zanim zostanie wyświetlone menu podrzędne" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Opóźnienie ukrycia podmenu" # to jakiś bełkot jest -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4775,53 +4775,53 @@ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" "Określa czy funkcja gtk_widget_show_all() powinna mieć wpływ na ten widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Wewnętrzne skupienie" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Określa, czy należy rysować wskaźnik skupienie wewnątrz widgetów" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Szerokość linii skupienia" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Szerokość linii wskazującej skupienie, liczona w pikselach" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Wzór linii skupienia" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Wzór linii przerywanej używanej przy rysowaniu skupienia" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Wyściółka skupienia" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Szerokość odstępu pomiędzy wskaźnikiem skupienia a prostokątem okalającym " "skupienie, liczona w pikselach" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Kolor kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Kolor, przy użyciu którego powinien być rysowany kursor wstawiania" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Drugi kolor kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4829,11 +4829,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kolor pomocniczego kursora wstawiania, używanego przy redagowaniu tekstu z " "przemieszanymi fragmentami pisanymi od-lewej-do-prawej i od-prawej-do-lewej" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Proporcje prostokąta kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Współczynnik proporcji kursora wstawiania" diff --git a/po-properties/pt.po b/po-properties/pt.po index 7b663ab31..ebaf790bd 100644 --- a/po-properties/pt.po +++ b/po-properties/pt.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-14 08:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-11 00:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <gnome_pt@yahoogroups.com>\n" @@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ msgstr "Ecrã" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "O GdkScreen para o renderizador" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nome da aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -111,43 +111,43 @@ msgstr "" "O nome da aplicação. Se não estiver definido, por omissão será " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Versão da aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "A versão da aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Declaração de copyright" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Informação de copyright da aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Texto de comentários" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Comentários sobre a aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL da Página Web" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "O URL do link para a página web da aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etiqueta da página web" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -155,46 +155,46 @@ msgstr "" "A etiqueta para o link para a página web da aplicação. Se não estiver " "definida, por omissão será o URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autores" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Uma lista com os autores da aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Documentadores" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Lista de pessoas que elaboraram a documentação da aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artistas" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Lista de pessoas que contribuíram com arte para a aplicação" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Créditos de tradução" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Créditos para os tradutores. Esta expressão deverá ser marcada como " "traduzível" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logotipo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -202,19 +202,19 @@ msgstr "" "Um logotipo para a caixa \"sobre\". Se não estiver definido, por omissão " "será o resultado de gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nome do Ícone de Logotipo" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Um nome de ícone a utilizar como logotipo para a caixa \"sobre\"." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Cor do Link" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Cor dos links" @@ -2034,11 +2034,11 @@ msgstr "O título do diálogo de selecção de ficheiro." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "A largura desejada do widget de botão, em caracteres." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Motor por omissão de selecção de ficheiro" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nome do motor a utilizar por omissão para o GtkFileChooser" @@ -2554,11 +2554,11 @@ msgstr "A largura da disposição" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "A altura da disposição" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Título Destacado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2566,27 +2566,27 @@ msgstr "" "Um título que pode ser apresentado pelo gestor de janelas quando este menu é " "destacado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Estado de Destacado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Uma boleana que indica se este menu está ou não destacado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Espaçamento Vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "O espaço extra acima e abaixo do menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Deslocamento Vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2594,11 +2594,11 @@ msgstr "" "Quando o menu é um submenu, posicioná-lo deslocando-o verticalmente este " "número de pixels" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Deslocamento Horizontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2606,65 +2606,65 @@ msgstr "" "Quando o menu é um submenu, posicioná-lo deslocando-o horizontalmente este " "número de pixels" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Anexar à Esquerda" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "O número da coluna a que anexar o lado esquerdo do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Anexar à Direita" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "O número da coluna a que anexar o lado direito do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Anexar ao Topo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "O número da linha a que anexar o topo do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Anexar ao Fundo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "O número da linha a que anexar o fundo do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Pode alterar teclas de atalho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Se os atalhos dos menus podem ou não ser alterados ao ser primida uma tecla " "sobre o item de menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Atraso antes de aparecerem os submenus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Tempo mínimo que o cursor tem de estar sobre um item de menu antes do " "submenu aparecer" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Atraso antes de esconder um submenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4716,51 +4716,51 @@ msgstr "Não mostrar todos" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Se gtk_widget_show_all() não deverá afectar este widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Foco Interior" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Se desenhar ou não o indicador de foco dentro de widgets" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Espessura da linha de foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Espessura, em pixels, da linha indicadora de foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Padrão do tracejado da linha de foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Padrão de tracejado utilizado para desenhar o indicador de foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Espaçamento do foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Largura, em pixels, entre indicador de foco e a 'caixa' do widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cor do cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Com que cor desenhar o cursor de inserção" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Cor secundária do cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4768,11 +4768,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cor com que desenhar o cursor secundário de inserção ao editar texto misto " "esquerda-para-direita e direita-para-esquerda" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Rácio de aparência da linha do cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Rácio de aparência com que desenhar o cursor de inserção" diff --git a/po-properties/pt_BR.po b/po-properties/pt_BR.po index 7fc0a2655..e0428a078 100644 --- a/po-properties/pt_BR.po +++ b/po-properties/pt_BR.po @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties.HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-17 12:31-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Afonso Celso Medina <medina@maua.,br>\n" "Language-Team: Português/Brasil <gnome-l10n-br@listas.cipsga.org.br>\n" @@ -122,121 +122,121 @@ msgstr "Tela" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "O modelo para a vista em árvore" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nome etiqueta" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "A orientação da barra de ferramentas" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Espaçamento coluna" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Usar tamanho na etiqueta" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "A orientação da barra de ferramentas" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nome do Ícone" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Cor Atual" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2060,11 +2060,11 @@ msgstr "O título do diálogo de seleção de fonte" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Backend padrão de escolha de arquivos" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Nome do backend do GtkFileChooser a ser usado por padrão" @@ -2604,11 +2604,11 @@ msgstr "A largura do layout" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "A altura do layout" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Título Destacado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2616,27 +2616,27 @@ msgstr "" "Um título que pode ser exibido pelo gerenciador de janelas quando este menu " "é retirado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Estado Destacado" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Um booleano que indica quando o menu é torn-off" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Preenchimento Vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Espaço extra ao topo e fundo do menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Desvio Vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2644,11 +2644,11 @@ msgstr "" "Quando o menu é um submenu, posicione-o com esse número de pixels de desvio " "verticalmente" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Desvio Horizontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2656,65 +2656,65 @@ msgstr "" "Quando o menu é um submenu, posicione-o com esse número de pixels de desvio " "horizontalmente" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Anexo Esquerdo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "O número da coluna à qual anexar o lado esquerdo do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Anexo Direito" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "O número da coluna à qual anexar o lado direito do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Anexo do Topo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "O número da linha à qual anexar a parte de cima do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Anexo de Baixo" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "O número da linha à qual anexar a parte de baixo do filho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Pode alterar teclas atalho" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Se os atalhos dos menus podem ou não ser alterados pressionando uma tecla " "sobre o item de menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Tempo de espera antes de os submenus aparecerem" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Tempo mínimo que o ponteiro deve ficar sobre um item de menu antes de " "aparecer o submenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Tempo de espera para esconder um submenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4751,51 +4751,51 @@ msgstr "Sem exibir todos" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Se a função gtk_widget_show_all() não deve afetar esse widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Focus Interior" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Se deve-se desenhar o indicador de foco dentro dos widgets" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Espessura linha focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Espessura, em pixels, da linha indicadora de focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Padrão do tracejado de focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Padrão tracejado utilizado para desenhar indicador de foco" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Espaçamento focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Largura, em pixels, entre indicador de foco e o widget 'caixa'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cor cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Cor com que desenhar o cursor de inserção" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Cor secundária do cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4803,11 +4803,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cor com que desenhar o cursor secundário de inserção quando da edição de " "texto misto de esquerda-para-direita e direita-para-esquerda" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Rácio de aparência da linha do cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Rácio de aparência com que desenhar o cursor de inserção" diff --git a/po-properties/ro.po b/po-properties/ro.po index fb619a921..2b5227afc 100644 --- a/po-properties/ro.po +++ b/po-properties/ro.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties-2-4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-29 14:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mişu Moldovan <dumol@go.ro>\n" "Language-Team: Română <gnomero-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -100,121 +100,121 @@ msgstr "Ecran" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Model pentru afişarea „tree”" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Nume etichetă" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Orientarea barei cu unelte" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Spaţiere coloane" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Utilizează mărimea în etichetă" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Orientarea barei cu unelte" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Nume font" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Culoare curentă" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2054,11 +2054,11 @@ msgstr "Titlul ferestrei de selectare a fontului" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Suport implicit pentru selectorul de fişiere" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Numele suportului GtkFileChooser de utilizat implicit" @@ -2593,11 +2593,11 @@ msgstr "Lăţimea machetei" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Înălţimea machetei" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Titlu desprindere" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2605,31 +2605,31 @@ msgstr "" "Un titlu ce poate fi afişat de către administratorul de ferestre când acest " "meniu este desprins" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Titlu desprindere" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Un titlu ce poate fi afişat de către administratorul de ferestre când acest " "meniu este desprins" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Umplere verticală" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Spaţiu în plus de adăugat deasupra şi dedesubtul meniului" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Decalaj vertical" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2637,11 +2637,11 @@ msgstr "" "Când meniul este un submeniu, va fi poziţionat deplasat vertical cu acest " "număr de pixeli" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Decalaj orizontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2649,65 +2649,65 @@ msgstr "" "Când meniul este un submeniu, va fi poziţionat deplasat orizontal cu acest " "număr de pixeli" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Ataşare la stânga" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Numărul coloanei de care se ataşează marginea stângă a copilului" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Ataşare la dreapta" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Numărul coloanei de care se ataşează marginea stângă a copilului" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Ataşare sus" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Numărul rândului de care se ataşează vârful unui widget copil" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Ataşare jos" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Numărul rândului de care se ataşează baza unui widget copil" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Acceleratorii pot fi schimbaţi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Dacă acceleratorii meniului pot fi schimbaţi apăsând o tastă când elementul " "este selectat" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Întârziere la apariţia submeniului" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Timpul minim în care cursorul de mouse trebuie să staţioneze deasupra unui " "item din meniu pentru a se deschide submeniul" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Întârziere la închiderea submeniului" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4773,53 +4773,53 @@ msgstr "Nu arăta tot" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Specifică dacă gtk_widget_all() ar trebui să afecteze acest widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Focalizare internă" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Specifică dacă indicatorul de focalizare să fie desenat în widget-uri" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Lăţime linie focalizată" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Lăţimea în pixeli a liniei indicatorului de focalizare" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Model evidenţiere linie de focalizare" # Got confused... Mişu -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Model utilizat pentru afişarea indicatorului de focalizare" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Umplutură la focalizare" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Lăţime în pixeli între indicatorul de focalizare şi „cutia” widget-ului" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Culoare cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Culoarea cu care va fi afişat cursorul de inserare" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Culoare cursor secundar" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4827,11 +4827,11 @@ msgstr "" "Culoarea cu care va fi afişat cel de-al doilea cursor de inserare la " "editarea amestecată Stânga-Dreapta şi Dreapta-Stânga" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Proporţii aspect cursor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Proporţiile aspectului cu care va fi afişat cursorul de inserare" diff --git a/po-properties/ru.po b/po-properties/ru.po index 20b474ec7..c6416cf0b 100644 --- a/po-properties/ru.po +++ b/po-properties/ru.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-17 19:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Leonid Kanter <leon@asplinux.ru>\n" "Language-Team: <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>\n" @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ msgstr "Экран" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "the GdkScreen для рендерера" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Имя программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -113,43 +113,43 @@ msgstr "" "Имя программы. Если не установлено, по умолчанию используется " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Версия программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Версия программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Строка авторского права" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Информация о авторском праве программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Строка комментария" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Комментарии о программе" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL веб-сайта" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "URL для ссылки на веб-сайт программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Ярлык веб-сайта" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -157,45 +157,45 @@ msgstr "" "Ярлык ссылки на веб-сайт программы. Если не установлен, по умолчанию " "соответствует URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Авторы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Список авторов программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Авторы документации" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Список авторов документации программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Художники" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Список участвовавших в художественном оформлении программы" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Переводчики" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Благодарности переводчикам. Эти строки должны быть помечены как переводимые" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Лого" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -203,19 +203,19 @@ msgstr "" "Лого для окна \"О программе\". Если не установлено, по умолчанию " "используется gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Имя значка логотипа" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "Имя значка для использования в качестве логотипа окна \"о программе\"." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Цвет ссылки" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Цвет гиперссылок" @@ -2047,11 +2047,11 @@ msgstr "Заголовок диалога выбора файлов." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Желаемая ширина виджета кнопки, в символах." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Исходный движок для диалога выбора файлов" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Наименование исходного движка виджета GtkFileChooser" @@ -2567,11 +2567,11 @@ msgstr "Ширина макета" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Высота макета" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Заголовок отделённого меню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2579,103 +2579,103 @@ msgstr "" "Заголовок, который диспетчер окон будет отображать для этого меню после его " "отделения" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Состояние линии разрыва" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Вертикальное дополнение" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Дополнительное пространство, добавляемое к меню сверху и снизу" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Вертикальный отступ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "Когда меню является подменю, оно располагается со смещением по вертикали" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Горизонтальный отступ" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" "Когда меню является подменю, оно располагается со смещением по горизонтали" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Прибавление слева" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Число столбцов, прибавляемых к левой стороне дочернего элемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Прибавление справа" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Число столбцов, прибавляемых к правой стороне дочернего элемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Прибавление сверху" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Число строк, прибавляемых к верхней стороне дочернего элемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Прибавление снизу" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Число строк, прибавляемых к нижней стороне дочернего элемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Можно изменять комбинации клавиш" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Можно ли изменить клавишу-акселератор меню при нажатии клавиши на элементе " "меню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Задержка перед появлением подменю" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Минимальное время, которое указатель мыши должен находиться над пунктом " "меню, чтобы было отбражено подменю" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Задержка перед сокрытием подменю" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4733,52 +4733,52 @@ msgstr "Не показывать всё" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Будет ли функция gtk_widget_show_all() воздействовать на этот виждет" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Внутренний фокус ввода" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Рисовать ли индикатор фокуса ввода внутри элементов управления" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Ширина линии фокуса ввода" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Ширина линии-индикатора фокуса вода, в точках растра" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Штрих линии фокуса ввода" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Образец штрихов для отображения линии-индикатора фокуса ввода" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Отступ фокуса ввода" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" "Расстояние между индикатором фокуса ввода и 'рамкой' виджета, в пикселях" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Цвет курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Цвет, используемый для курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Цвет второго курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4786,11 +4786,11 @@ msgstr "" "Цвет для отображения второго курсора при использовании смешанного (справа " "налево и слева направо) ввода текста" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Пропорции курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Пропорции курсора" diff --git a/po-properties/rw.po b/po-properties/rw.po index f59d5bfca..5c2b220cc 100644 --- a/po-properties/rw.po +++ b/po-properties/rw.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 317\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-17 21:21-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Steve Murphy <murf@e-tools.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kinyarwanda <en@li.org>\n" @@ -103,114 +103,114 @@ msgstr "Ikirahuri" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "ikirango" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1953,11 +1953,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2461,107 +2461,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4494,61 +4494,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/sk.po b/po-properties/sk.po index ab0368f99..ac9ce1a2b 100644 --- a/po-properties/sk.po +++ b/po-properties/sk.po @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties.HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-24 12:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky@nenya.ms.mff.cuni.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n@linux.sk>\n" @@ -114,121 +114,121 @@ msgstr "Obrazovka" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Model pre stromový pohľad" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Meno značky" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Orientácia panelu nástrojov" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Rozstup stĺpcov" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Text záložky" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Orientácia panelu nástrojov" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Meno písma" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Aktuálna farba" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2079,11 +2079,11 @@ msgstr "Text titulku okna" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Meno použitého štandardného písma" @@ -2623,126 +2623,126 @@ msgstr "Šírka rozloženia" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Výška rozloženia" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Titulok pre odtrhnutie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Titulok, ktorý bude zobrazený v prípade, že bude toto meno odtrhnuté" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Titulok pre odtrhnutie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Titulok, ktorý bude zobrazený v prípade, že bude toto meno odtrhnuté" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikálna výplň" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Množstvo miesta pridaného hore a dole od prvku v bodoch" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikálna mierka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horizontálna mierka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Ľavé pripojenie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" "Číslo stĺpca, ku ktorému je pripojená ľavá strana potomkapotomok pripojený " "zľava" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Pravé pripojenie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" "Číslo stĺpca, ku ktorému je pripojená ľavá strana potomkapotomok pripojený " "zľava" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Horné pripojenie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Číslo riadku, ku ktorému je pripojená dolná strana potomka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Dolné pripojenie" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Číslo riadku, ku ktorému je pripojená dolná strana potomka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Môže meniť akcelerátory" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Či môžu byť akcelerátory menu zmenené stlačením klávesu nad položkou menu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Čakanie pred zobrazením podmenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minimálna doba, po ktorú musí kurzor zostať nad položkou menu, aby sa " "zobrazilo podmenu." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Čakanie pred skrytím podmenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4758,51 +4758,51 @@ msgstr "Nezobrazovať všetky" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Či má gtk_widget_show_all() vplyv na tento prvok" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Vnútorný fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Či sa má kresliť indikátor fokusu v prvkoch" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Šírka čiary fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Šírka v bodoch čiary indikátora fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Vzorka čiary indikátora fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Vzorka čiary indikátora fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Medzera fokusu" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Medzera medzi indikátorom fokusu a boxom prvku" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Farba kurzoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Farba, ktorým sa bude kresliť kurzor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Farba sekundárneho kurzoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4810,11 +4810,11 @@ msgstr "" "Farba, ktorou sa kreslí sekundárny kurzor pri editovaní textu miešajúceho " "text písaný zľava-doprava a zprava-doľava" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Pomer čiary kurzoru" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Pomer, ktorým sa bude kresliť vkladací kurzor" diff --git a/po-properties/sl.po b/po-properties/sl.po index 911cfe787..68952e91a 100644 --- a/po-properties/sl.po +++ b/po-properties/sl.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GTK+ 1.4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-02-26 00:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Andraž Tori <andraz.tori1@guest.arnes.si>\n" "Language-Team: slovenian <sl@li.org>\n" @@ -103,121 +103,121 @@ msgstr "Zaslon" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Način za drevesni pogled" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Ime oznake" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Usmerjenost orodjarne" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Prostor med stolpci" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Oznaka uhlja" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Usmerjenost orodjarne" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Ime pisave" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Trenutna barva" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2086,11 +2086,11 @@ msgstr "Naziv okna" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Ime privzeto uporabljene pisave" @@ -2633,125 +2633,125 @@ msgstr "Širina postavitve" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Višina postavitve" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Odtrgajoč naziv" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Naziv, ki ga lahko prikaže upravljalnik oken, kadar je menu odtrgan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Odtrgajoč naziv" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Naziv, ki ga lahko prikaže upravljalnik oken, kadar je menu odtrgan" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Navpično polnjenje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" "Količina prostora, ki naj se doda na zgornjo in spodnjo stran gradnika, v " "piksli" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Navpična povečava" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vodoraven faktor povečave" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Leva priloga" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Številka stolpca, ki naj se pripoji levi strani gradnika otroka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Desna priloga" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Številka stolpca, ki naj se pripoji levi strani gradnika otroka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Vrhnja priloga" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Številka vrstice, ki naj se pripoji spodnji strani gradnika otroka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Spodnja priloga" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Številka vrstice, ki naj se pripoji spodnji strani gradnika otroka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Lahko spremeni pospeševalnike" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Ali se lahko pospeševalniki menujev spremenijo s pritiskom tipke nad " "predmetom menuja." -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Premor preden se pokažejo podmenuji" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Najmanjši čas kolikor mora kazalec stati nad menujem preden se prikaže " "podmenu" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Premor pred zakrivanjem podmenuja" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4790,51 +4790,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Notranji fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Ali naj se riše pokazatelj fokusa znotraj gradnika" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Širina črte fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Širina (v pikslih) fokusove pokazateljske črte" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Vzorec črtkane črte fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Črtkan vzorec, ki se uporabi za risanje pokazatelja fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Polnenje fokusa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Širina (v pikslih) med pokazateljem fokusa in gradnikovo 'škatlo'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Barva kazalca" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Barva s katero naj se riše vnosni kazalec" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Barva drugotnega kazalca" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4842,11 +4842,11 @@ msgstr "" "Barva s katero se nariše drugotni kazalec vstavljanja, kadar se ureja mešano " "besedilo desno-proti-levi in levo-proti." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Razmerje črte kazalca" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Razmerje v katerem naj se riše vnosni kazalec" diff --git a/po-properties/sq.po b/po-properties/sq.po index 31dd13f3c..edf6d973b 100644 --- a/po-properties/sq.po +++ b/po-properties/sq.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-04 10:44+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Laurent Dhima <laurenti@alblinux.net>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <gnome-albanian-perkthyesit@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ msgstr "Ekrani" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "GdkScreen për vizatuesin" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Emri i programit" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -112,43 +112,43 @@ msgstr "" "Emri i programit. Nëse nuk është përcaktuar, vendoset automatikisht " "nëg_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Versioni i programit" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Versioni i programit" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Teksti i Copyright" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Informacione në lidhje me të drejtat mbi programin" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Testi i komenteve" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Komente në lidhje me programin" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL e sitit web" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "URL për lidhjen me sitin web të programit" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etiketa e sitit web" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -156,44 +156,44 @@ msgstr "" "Etiketa për lidhjen me sitin web të programit. Nëse e pacaktuar, vendoset " "automatikisht tek URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autorët" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Lista e autorëve të programit" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumentues" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Lista e personave dokumentues të programit" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artistët" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Lista e personave që kanë kontribuar grafikisht tek programi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Të dhënat mbi përkthyesin" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Kreditë e përkthyesve. Kjo frazë duhet shënuar si e përkthyeshme" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Stema" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -201,21 +201,21 @@ msgstr "" "Në stemë për kutinë e informacioneve. Nëse e pacaktuar, automatikisht " "vendoset gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Emri i ikonës së stemës" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" "Një ikonë me emër për tu përdorur si stemë e dritares së dialogut të " "informacioneve." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Ngjyra e lidhjes" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Ngjyra për hiper-lidhjet" @@ -2041,11 +2041,11 @@ msgstr "Titulli i dritares së dialogut për zgjedhjen e file." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Gjerësia e dëshiruar e pulsantit, në gërma." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Zgjedhësi backend i prezgjedhur i file" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Emri i GtkFileChooser backend që duhet përdorur si i prezgjedhur" @@ -2563,11 +2563,11 @@ msgstr "Gjerësia e skemës" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Lartësia e skemës" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Emri i menu të shkëputur" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2575,38 +2575,38 @@ msgstr "" "Titulli që mund të shfaqet nga organizuesi i dritareve nëqoftëse menu do të " "shkëputet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Gjendja e mbyllësit" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Një boolean që tregon se kur menuja është e mbyllur" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Zbutja Vertikale" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Hapësirë ekstra në krye dhe në fund të menusë" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Degëzimi Vertikal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" "Kur menuja është një nënmenu, zhvendose vertikalisht me këtë numër pikselësh" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Degëzimi Horizontal" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2614,65 +2614,65 @@ msgstr "" "Kur menuja është një nënmenu, zhvendose horizontalisht me këtë numër " "pikselësh" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Bashkangjitje Majtas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Numri i kollonës ku duhet vendosur pjesa e majtë e widget bir" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Bashkangjitje Djathtas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Numri i kollonës ku duhet vendosur pjesa e djathtë e widget bir" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Bashkangjitje sipër" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Numri i rreshtit ku duhet vendosur pjesa e sipërme e widget bir" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Bashkangjitje e poshtme" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Numri i rreshtit ku duhet vendosur pjesa e poshtme e widget bir" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Mund të ndryshojë përshpejtuesit" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Nëse përshpejtuesit e menuve mund të ndryshohen me anë të shtypjes së një " "butoni tek elementi i menusë" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Vonesa para se nënmenutë të shfaqen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Koha më e vogël që treguesi duhet të qëndrojë mbi një element menuje para se " "nënmenuja të shfaqet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Vonesë para se një nënmenu të fshihet" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4730,52 +4730,52 @@ msgstr "Mos shfaq gjithçka" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Kur gtk_widget_show_all() nuk duhet të ndikojë mbi këtë widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Fokus i brendshëm" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Tregon nëse duhet vizatuar treguesi i fokus në brendësi të widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Gjërësia e vijës të treguesit të fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Gjerësia, në pixel, e vijës për treguesin e fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Lloji i vijës së ndërprerë për treguesin e fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" "Lloji i vijës së ndërprerë të përdorur për të vizatuar treguesin e fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Hapësira për treguesin e fokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Gjerësia, në pixel, midis treguesit të fokus dhe widget 'box'" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Ngjyra e kursorit" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Ngjyra me të cilën duhet vizatuar kursori i shtimit" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Ngjyra e kursorit dytësor" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4784,11 +4784,11 @@ msgstr "" "editing të përzier nga e djathta në të majtë e nga e majta në të djathtë " "teksti" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Proporcionet e kursorit të rreshtit" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Proporcionet me të cilat duhet vizatuar kursori" diff --git a/po-properties/sr.po b/po-properties/sr.po index f06cb2963..e75e40dd1 100644 --- a/po-properties/sr.po +++ b/po-properties/sr.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-15 23:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Данило Шеган <danilo@gnome.org>\n" "Language-Team: Serbian (sr) <gnom@prevod.org>\n" @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ msgstr "Екран" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Модел за разгранати преглед" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Име програма" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -116,43 +116,43 @@ msgstr "" "Име програма. Уколико није постављено, подразумева се g_get_application_name" "()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Издање програма" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Издање програма" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Текст за ауторска права" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Подаци о ауторским правима за програм" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Текст са примедбама" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Примедбе о програму" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Адреса веб страна" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "Адреса за везу ка веб странама програма" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Ознака веб страна" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -160,45 +160,45 @@ msgstr "" "Ознака за везу ка веб странама програма. Уколико није постављено, користи се " "сама адреса" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Аутори" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Списак аутора програма" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Документација" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Списак особа које су документовале програм" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Графика" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Списак особа које су израдиле графику за програм" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Превод" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Заслуге преводиоца. Ова ниска треба да буде назначена за превод" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Логотип" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -206,20 +206,20 @@ msgstr "" "Логотип за прозорче о програму. Уколико није постављено, подразумева се " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Име иконе" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Боја везе" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Боја хипервеза" @@ -2031,11 +2031,11 @@ msgstr "Наслов прозорчета за избор датотека." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Подразумевана подршка за избор датотека" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Име подршке коју подразумевано користи GtkFileChooser" @@ -2562,110 +2562,110 @@ msgstr "Ширина приказа" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Висина приказа" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Наслов отцепљеног" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Наслов који може приказати управник прозора када се овај мени отцепи" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Стање отцепљеног" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Логичка вредност која назначава да ли је мени отцепљен" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Усправна попуна" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Количина размака који се додаје на врху и на дну менија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Усправни померај" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "Када је мени заправо подмени, помери га усправно за овај број тачака" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Водоравни померај" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "Када је мени заправо подмени, помери га водоравно за овај број тачака" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Лево припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Број колоне за коју прикачити леву страну садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Десно припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Број колоне за коју прикачити десну страну садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Горње припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Број реда за који прикачити горњу страну садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Доње припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Број реда за који прикачити доњу страну садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Дозвољена измена пречица" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Да ли је дозвољена измена пречица притиском на тастере над ставком менија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Време пре појаве подменија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Најмање време које се показивач миша мора задржати преко ставке менија да би " "се појавио подмени" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Време пре скривања подменија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4686,51 +4686,51 @@ msgstr "Без приказивања свега" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Да ли gtk_widget_show_all() не треба да утиче на овај елемент" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Унутрашња жижа" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Да ли исцртати показатељ жиже унутар елемената" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Дебљина жижне линије" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Дебљина у тачкама линије коју показује елемент у жижи" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Образац црткања жижне линије" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Образац по којем се цртка показатељ елемента у жижи" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Жижна попуна" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Ширина у тачкама између показатеља елемента у жижи и оквира елемента" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Боја курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Боја којом се исцртава курсор за унос" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Друга боја курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4738,11 +4738,11 @@ msgstr "" "Боја којом се исцртава други курсор за унос при уносу мешаног текста са " "десна на лево, и текста са лева на десно" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Размера курсорне линије" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Размера у којој се црта курсор за унос" diff --git a/po-properties/sr@Latn.po b/po-properties/sr@Latn.po index a51059154..329b2ea0b 100644 --- a/po-properties/sr@Latn.po +++ b/po-properties/sr@Latn.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-15 23:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Danilo Šegan <danilo@gnome.org>\n" "Language-Team: Serbian (sr) <gnom@prevod.org>\n" @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ msgstr "Ekran" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Model za razgranati pregled" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Ime programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -116,43 +116,43 @@ msgstr "" "Ime programa. Ukoliko nije postavljeno, podrazumeva se g_get_application_name" "()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Izdanje programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Izdanje programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Tekst za autorska prava" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Podaci o autorskim pravima za program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Tekst sa primedbama" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Primedbe o programu" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Adresa veb strana" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "Adresa za vezu ka veb stranama programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Oznaka veb strana" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -160,45 +160,45 @@ msgstr "" "Oznaka za vezu ka veb stranama programa. Ukoliko nije postavljeno, koristi " "se sama adresa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autori" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Spisak autora programa" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumentacija" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Spisak osoba koje su dokumentovale program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Grafika" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Spisak osoba koje su izradile grafiku za program" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Prevod" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "Zasluge prevodioca. Ova niska treba da bude naznačena za prevod" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logotip" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -206,20 +206,20 @@ msgstr "" "Logotip za prozorče o programu. Ukoliko nije postavljeno, podrazumeva se " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Ime ikone" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Boja veze" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Boja hiperveza" @@ -2033,11 +2033,11 @@ msgstr "Naslov prozorčeta za izbor datoteka." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Podrazumevana podrška za izbor datoteka" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Ime podrške koju podrazumevano koristi GtkFileChooser" @@ -2564,110 +2564,110 @@ msgstr "Širina prikaza" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Visina prikaza" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Naslov otcepljenog" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Naslov koji može prikazati upravnik prozora kada se ovaj meni otcepi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Stanje otcepljenog" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Logička vrednost koja naznačava da li je meni otcepljen" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Uspravna popuna" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Količina razmaka koji se dodaje na vrhu i na dnu menija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Uspravni pomeraj" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "Kada je meni zapravo podmeni, pomeri ga uspravno za ovaj broj tačaka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Vodoravni pomeraj" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "Kada je meni zapravo podmeni, pomeri ga vodoravno za ovaj broj tačaka" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Levo pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Broj kolone za koju prikačiti levu stranu sadržanog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Desno pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Broj kolone za koju prikačiti desnu stranu sadržanog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Gornje pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Broj reda za koji prikačiti gornju stranu sadržanog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Donje pripajanje" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Broj reda za koji prikačiti donju stranu sadržanog elementa" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Dozvoljena izmena prečica" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Da li je dozvoljena izmena prečica pritiskom na tastere nad stavkom menija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Vreme pre pojave podmenija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Najmanje vreme koje se pokazivač miša mora zadržati preko stavke menija da " "bi se pojavio podmeni" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Vreme pre skrivanja podmenija" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4689,51 +4689,51 @@ msgstr "Bez prikazivanja svega" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Da li gtk_widget_show_all() ne treba da utiče na ovaj element" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Unutrašnja žiža" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Da li iscrtati pokazatelj žiže unutar elemenata" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Debljina žižne linije" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Debljina u tačkama linije koju pokazuje element u žiži" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Obrazac crtkanja žižne linije" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Obrazac po kojem se crtka pokazatelj elementa u žiži" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Žižna popuna" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Širina u tačkama između pokazatelja elementa u žiži i okvira elementa" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Boja kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Boja kojom se iscrtava kursor za unos" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Druga boja kursora" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4741,11 +4741,11 @@ msgstr "" "Boja kojom se iscrtava drugi kursor za unos pri unosu mešanog teksta sa " "desna na levo, i teksta sa leva na desno" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Razmera kursorne linije" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Razmera u kojoj se crta kursor za unos" diff --git a/po-properties/sr@ije.po b/po-properties/sr@ije.po index e95de2cdd..2306418dd 100644 --- a/po-properties/sr@ije.po +++ b/po-properties/sr@ije.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-09 05:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan Suzic <bojans@teol.net>\n" "Language-Team: Serbian (sr) <serbiangnome-lista@nongnu.org>\n" @@ -102,121 +102,121 @@ msgstr "Екран" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Модел за разгранати преглед" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Име ознаке" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Правац пружања линије са алаткама" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Размак колона" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Користи величину у ознаци" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Правац пружања линије са алаткама" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Име писма" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Текућа боја" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2042,11 +2042,11 @@ msgstr "Наслов прозорчета за избор писма" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Подразумјевана подршка за избор датотека" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Име подршке коју подразумјевано користи GtkFileChooser" @@ -2577,112 +2577,112 @@ msgstr "Ширина приказа" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Висина приказа" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Наслов отцјепљеног" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "Наслов који може приказати управник прозора када се овај мени отцјепи" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Наслов отцјепљеног" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Наслов који може приказати управник прозора када се овај мени отцјепи" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Усправна попуна" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Количина размака који се додаје на врху и на дну менија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Усправни помјерај" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "Када је мени заправо подмени, помјери га усправно за овај број тачака" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Водоравни помјерај" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "Када је мени заправо подмени, помјери га водоравно за овај број тачака" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Лијево припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Број колоне за коју се качи лијева страна садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Десно припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Број колоне за коју се качи десна страна садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Горње припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Број реда за који се качи горња страна садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Доње припајање" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Број реда за који се качи доња страна садржаног елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Дозвољена измјена пречица" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Да ли је дозвољена измјена пречица притиском на тастере над ставком менија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Вријеме прије појаве подменија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Најмање вријеме које се показивач миша мора задржати преко ставке менија да " "би се појавио подмени" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Вријеме прије скривања подменија" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4709,51 +4709,51 @@ msgstr "Без приказивања свега" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Да ли gtk_widget_show_all() не треба да утиче на овај елемент" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Унутрашња жижа" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Да ли исцртати показатељ жиже унутар елемената" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Дебљина жижне линије" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Дебљина у тачкама линије коју показује елемент у жижи" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Образац црткања жижне линије" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Образац по којем се цртка показатељ елемента у жижи" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Жижна попуна" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Ширина у тачкама између показатеља елемента у жижи и оквира елемента" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Боја курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Боја којом се исцртава курсор за унос" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Друга боја курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4761,11 +4761,11 @@ msgstr "" "Боја којом се исцртава други курсор за унос при уносу мјешаног текста са " "десна на лијево, и текста са лијева на десно" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Размјера курсорне линије" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Размјера у којој се црта курсор за унос" diff --git a/po-properties/sv.po b/po-properties/sv.po index 800491bba..c49aac702 100644 --- a/po-properties/sv.po +++ b/po-properties/sv.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-18 15:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Christian Rose <menthos@menthos.com>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <sv@li.org>\n" @@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ msgstr "Skärm" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "GdkScreen för renderaren" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Programnamn" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" @@ -114,43 +114,43 @@ msgstr "" "Namnet på programmet. Om detta inte är angivet är standardalternativet " "g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Programversion" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Programmets version" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyrightsträng" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyrightinformation om programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Kommentarsträng" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Kommentarer om programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "URL till webbplats" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "URL:en för länken till programmets webbplats" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Webbplatsetikett" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" @@ -158,45 +158,45 @@ msgstr "" "Etiketten för länken till programmets webbplats. Om detta inte är angivet är " "standardalternativet URL:en" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Författare" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Lista med programmets författare" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Dokumentatörer" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "Lista med folk som dokumenterat programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artister" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "Lista med folk som har bidragit med grafik till programmet" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Tack till översättare" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Tack till översättarna. Denna sträng ska vara markerad för översättning" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logotyp" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" @@ -204,19 +204,19 @@ msgstr "" "En logotyp för om-rutan. Om detta inte är angivet är standardalternativet " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Namn på logotypikon" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "En namngiven ikon att använda som logotyp för om-rutan." -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Länkfärg" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "Färg på hyperlänkar" @@ -2035,11 +2035,11 @@ msgstr "Titeln på filväljardialogen." msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "Den önskade bredden på knappwidgeten, i antal tecken." -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Standardbakände för filväljare" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Namn på den GtkFileChooser-bakände som ska användas som standard" @@ -2553,37 +2553,37 @@ msgstr "Bredden på layouten" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Höjden på layouten" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Löstagbar titel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "En titel som kan visas av fönsterhanteraren då denna meny tas loss" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Löstagbarhetstillstånd" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "Ett booleskt värde som indikerar huruvida menyn har tagits loss" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Vertikal utfyllnad" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Extra utrymme överst och nederst i menyn" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Vertikalt avstånd" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2591,11 +2591,11 @@ msgstr "" "Positionera menyn med vertikalt avstånd i detta antal bildpunkter när den är " "en undermeny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Horisontellt avstånd" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2603,64 +2603,64 @@ msgstr "" "Positionera menyn med horisontellt avstånd i detta antal bildpunkter när den " "är en undermeny" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Vänsterfäste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Det kolumnnummer som vänster sida av barnet ska fästas vid" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Högerfäste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Det kolumnnummer som höger sida av barnet ska fästas vid" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Övre fäste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Det radnummer som överkanten på barnet ska fästas vid" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Nedre fäste" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Det radnummer som nederkanten på barnet ska fästas vid" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Kan ändra snabbtangenter" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Huruvida menysnabbtangenter kan ändras genom att en tangent trycks ovanför " "menyposten" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Fördröjning innan undermenyer visas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Minsta tid som pekaren måste stanna över en menypost innan undermenyn visas" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Fördröjning innan en undermeny döljs" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4680,51 +4680,51 @@ msgstr "Visa inte alla" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Huruvida gtk_widget_show_all() inte ska påverka denna widget" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Interiörfokus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Huruvida fokusindikatorn ritas inuti widgetar" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Fokuslinjebredd" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Bredd, i bildpunkter, på fokusindikatorlinjen" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Punktmönster för fokuslinje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Punktmönster som används för att rita fokusindikatorn" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Fokusmellanrum" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Bredd, i bildpunkter, mellan fokusindikatorn och \"widgetrutan\"" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Markörfärg" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Färg att rita insättningsmarkören med" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Sekundär markörfärg" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4732,11 +4732,11 @@ msgstr "" "Färg med vilken den sekundära insättningspekaren vid redigering av blandad " "höger-till-vänster- och vänster-till-höger-text ritas" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Proportioner för markörrad" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Proportioner att rita insättningsmarkören med" diff --git a/po-properties/ta.po b/po-properties/ta.po index 053546282..dedfe7bbf 100644 --- a/po-properties/ta.po +++ b/po-properties/ta.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tamil Gtk 2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-21 18:21-0600\n" "Last-Translator: Dinesh Nadarajah <dinesh_list@sbcglobal.net>\n" "Language-Team: Tamil <tamilinix@yahoogroups.com>\n" @@ -98,121 +98,121 @@ msgstr "திரை" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "மரக்-காட்சியின் படிமம்" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "அடையாள ஒட்டுப் பெயர்" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "கருவிப் பட்டையின் திசை அமைவு" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "பத்தி இடைவெளி" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "விளக்கச்சீட்டில் அளவு பயன்படுத்தவும்" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "கருவிப் பட்டையின் திசை அமைவு" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "எழுத்துரு பெயர்" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "தற்போதைய வண்ணம்" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2075,11 +2075,11 @@ msgstr "சாளரத்தின் தலைப்பு" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Name of theme RC file to load" @@ -2640,114 +2640,114 @@ msgstr "இட அமைவின் அகலம்." msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "இட அமைவின் உயரம்" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "உள்ளமை நிரப்பல்" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" "பிக்செல்களில், விட்செட்டுக்கு மேல் பக்கத்திலும் கீழ் பக்கத்திலும் இருக்கும் இடைவெளியின் அளவு" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "செங்குத்தமான அளவுகோல்" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "கிடை அளவுகோல்" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "_அடிவாரம்" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 #, fuzzy msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "பட்டிப் பலகை ஆர்முடுகல்" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4816,66 +4816,66 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Interior Focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 #, fuzzy msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 #, fuzzy msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 #, fuzzy msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 #, fuzzy msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets." -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "நிலை காட்டி வண்ணம்" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "செருகுமிட நிலை காட்டியை வரையவேண்டிய வண்ணம்" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 #, fuzzy msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "நிலை காட்டி வண்ணம்" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 #, fuzzy msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "செருகுமிட நிலை காட்டியை வரையவேண்டிய வண்ணம்" diff --git a/po-properties/th.po b/po-properties/th.po index e3bd45fef..a666e4faf 100644 --- a/po-properties/th.po +++ b/po-properties/th.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-16 21:19-0600\n" "Last-Translator: Paisa Seeluangsawat <paisa@users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <L10n@opentle.net>\n" @@ -96,117 +96,117 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "ชื่อของแบบอักษรที่เลือก" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "ชื่อของแบบอักษรที่เลือก" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "ชื่อแบบอักษร" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1957,11 +1957,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2466,107 +2466,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4499,61 +4499,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/tk.po b/po-properties/tk.po index 021664d02..0371fc8cd 100644 --- a/po-properties/tk.po +++ b/po-properties/tk.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-25 17:46+0330\n" "Last-Translator: Gurban Mühemmet Tewekgeli <gmtavakkoli@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Turkmen <kakilikgroup@yahoo.com>\n" @@ -103,116 +103,116 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Ad" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "_Renk" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1982,11 +1982,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2508,107 +2508,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4555,61 +4555,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/tr.po b/po-properties/tr.po index f6790dc79..5b6fbce90 100644 --- a/po-properties/tr.po +++ b/po-properties/tr.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-09 17:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Baris Cicek <baris@teamforce.name.tr>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <gnome-turk@gnome.org>\n" @@ -117,126 +117,126 @@ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Ağaç görünümü için model" # gtk/gtktexttag.c:198 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Etiket ismi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktoolbar.c:224 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Araç çubuğu yönü" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktable.c:183 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Sütun aralığı" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Etikette boyut kullan" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" # gtk/gtktoolbar.c:224 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Araç çubuğu yönü" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" # gtk/gtkfontsel.c:185 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Yazıtipi İsmi" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" # gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1682 -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Şu anki Renk" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2351,11 +2351,11 @@ msgstr "Yazıtipi seçim penceresinin başlığı" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Öntanımlı dosya seçici temeli" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Öntanımlı olarak kullanılacak GtkFileChooser temelinin adı" @@ -2972,119 +2972,119 @@ msgstr "Düzenin genişliği" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Düzenin yüksekliği" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Ayraç Başlığı" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "Bu menü ayrıldığında pencere yöneticisi tarafından gösterilebilecek başlık" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Ayraç Başlığı" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Bu menü ayrıldığında pencere yöneticisi tarafından gösterilebilecek başlık" # gtk/gtkmenubar.c:162 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:250 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Dikey Doldurma" # gtk/gtkmisc.c:128 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Menünü altına ve üstüne eklenecek boşluk" # gtk/gtkalignment.c:130 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Düşey Ofset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "Menü alt menü olduğunda, bu sayıdaki düşey ofsette onu konumlandır" # gtk/gtkalignment.c:121 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Yatay Ofset" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "Menü alt menü olduğunda, bu sayıdaki yatay ofsette onu konumlandır" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Sol Ek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Altın sol tarafına eklenecek sütun sayısı" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Sağ Ek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Altın sol tarafına eklenecek sütun sayısı" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Üst Ek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Altın üstüne eklenecek satır sayısı" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Alt Ek" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Altın, alt tarafına eklenecek satır sayısı" # gtk/gtkmenubar.c:147 -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Hızlandırıcılar değiştirilebilir" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Menü hızlandırıcıları menü öğesi için belirtilen bir tuşla değiştirilebilsin" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Alt menüler belirmeden önceki bekleme süresi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Alt menünün belirmesi için imlecin menünün üzerinde kalması gereken en az " "süre" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Bir alt menüyü saklamadan önceki bekleme süresi" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -5452,58 +5452,58 @@ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Bu parçacığı gtk_widget_show_all()'un etkilememesi" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1068 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "İç Odak" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1069 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Odak belirtecinin parçacığın içine çizilmesi" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Odaklama çizgisi genişliği" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1069 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Odaklama çizgisinin benek cinsinden genişliği" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Odak çizgisi deseni" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1069 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Odak belirteci çizgisi çizmede kullanılacak çizgi deseni" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Odak doldurma" # gtk/gtkwidget.c:1069 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Odak belirteci ve 'box' parçacığı arasındaki benek cinsinden uzaklık" # gtk/gtkentry.c:456 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "İmleç rengi" # gtk/gtkentry.c:457 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Ekleme imlecinin çizileceği renk" # gtk/gtkentry.c:456 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "İkincil imleç rengi" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -5511,12 +5511,12 @@ msgstr "" "Karışık sağdan-sola veya soldan-sağa metin düzenlemesi yaparken ikincil " "imlecin çizileceği renk" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "İmleç satırının en boy oranı" # gtk/gtkentry.c:457 -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Ekleme imlecinin çizileceği en boy oranı" diff --git a/po-properties/uk.po b/po-properties/uk.po index 1ec8ef186..0b099ed4a 100644 --- a/po-properties/uk.po +++ b/po-properties/uk.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-10 18:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Maxim Dziumanenko <mvd@mylinux.com.ua>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <uk@li.org>\n" @@ -97,121 +97,121 @@ msgstr "Екран" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Модель для перегляду у вигляді дерева" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Назва ярлика" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Орієнтація пеналу" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Інтервал між стовпчиками" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Використовувати розмір у позначці" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Орієнтація пеналу" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Назва шрифту" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Поточний колір" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2050,11 +2050,11 @@ msgstr "Заголовок діалогового вікна вибору шри msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Типовий механізм вибору файлів" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Назва GtkFileChooser механізму для типового використання" @@ -2588,11 +2588,11 @@ msgstr "Ширина розміщення" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Висота розміщення" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "Заголовок від'єднаного меню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" @@ -2600,31 +2600,31 @@ msgstr "" "Заголовок, який менеджер вікон відображатиме для цього меню після його " "від'єднання" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "Заголовок від'єднаного меню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "Заголовок, який менеджер вікон відображатиме для цього меню після його " "від'єднання" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Вертикальний доповнення" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Додатковий простір згори та знизу меню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Вертикальний зсув" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" @@ -2632,11 +2632,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли меню являє собою підменю, його позиція по вертикалі зсувається на " "вказану кількість пікселів" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Горизонтальний зсув" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" @@ -2644,64 +2644,64 @@ msgstr "" "Коли меню являє собою підменю, його позиція по горизонталі зсувається на " "вказану кількість пікселів" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "Ліве долучення" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "Кількість стовпчиків, що додається до лівого краю вкладеного елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "Праве долучення" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "Кількість стовпчиків, що додається до правого краю вкладеного елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "Верхнє долучення" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "Кількість рядків, що додається до верхнього краю вкладеного елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Нижнє долучення" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "Кількість рядків, що додається до нижнього краю вкладеного елемента" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Можна змінювати комбінації клавіш" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "Чи можна змінити комбінацію клавіш меню натисненням клавіші на елементі меню" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Затримка перед появою підменю" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Мінімальний час, який вказівник має знаходитись над елементом меню, перед " "тим як з'явиться підменю" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Затримка перед зникненням підменю" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4740,51 +4740,51 @@ msgstr "Не показується все" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "Чи функція gtk_widget_show_all() не повинна впливати на віджет" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "Внутрішній фокус" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "Чи відображати індикатор фокусу у віджетах" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "Ширина лінії фокуса" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "Ширина, в точках, лінії індикатора фокуса" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "Штрих лінії фокуса" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "Візерунок, що використовуватиметься для малювання індикатора фокусу" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Відступ фокуса" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "Відстань, в точках, між індикатором фокуса і границею блока віджета" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Колір курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Колір курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Вторинний колір курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4792,11 +4792,11 @@ msgstr "" "Колір другого курсора, коли використовується змішаний (справа наліво і зліва " "направо) ввід тексту" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "Пропорції курсора" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Пропорції курсора" diff --git a/po-properties/uz.po b/po-properties/uz.po index 5498b08c8..0047487f9 100644 --- a/po-properties/uz.po +++ b/po-properties/uz.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+.gtk-2-4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-07-19 18:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mashrab Kuvatov <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>\n" "Language-Team: Uzbek <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>\n" @@ -98,116 +98,116 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Номи" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "_Ранг" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1961,11 +1961,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2475,107 +2475,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4519,61 +4519,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/uz@Latn.po b/po-properties/uz@Latn.po index 447230735..fab5ebf33 100644 --- a/po-properties/uz@Latn.po +++ b/po-properties/uz@Latn.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk20\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-06 00:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mashrab Kuvatov <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>\n" "Language-Team: Uzbek <uz-li@yahoogroups.com>\n" @@ -98,114 +98,114 @@ msgstr "" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1956,11 +1956,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "" @@ -2466,107 +2466,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4499,61 +4499,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/vi.po b/po-properties/vi.po index b3a735df6..109191e02 100644 --- a/po-properties/vi.po +++ b/po-properties/vi.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Gtk+ VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-08 20:42+0700\n" "Last-Translator: pclouds <pclouds@gmx.net>\n" "Language-Team: GnomeVN\n" @@ -104,121 +104,121 @@ msgstr "Màn hình" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "Mô hình của TreeView" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "Tên tag" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "Hướng thanh công cụ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Khoảng trống cột" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Nhãn tab" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "Hướng thanh công cụ" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Tên font" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Màu hiện thời" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2076,11 +2076,11 @@ msgstr "Tựa đề của cửa sổ" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Tên font mặc định được dùng" @@ -2615,114 +2615,114 @@ msgstr "Chiều rộng của layout" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "Chiều cao của layout" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "Đệm dọc" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "Khoảng trống bổ sung bên trên và dưới của widget, theo pixel" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "Tỷ lệ dọc" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "Tỷ lệ ngang" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "Đá_y" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "Có thể thay đổi accelerator" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "Phím tắt có thể thay đổi bằng cách nhấn phím trêm menu item" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "Khoảng chờ trước khi hiện menu con" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "Khoảng thời gian tối thiểu phải giữ nguyên con trỏ trên menu item trước khi " "hiện menu con" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "Khoản chờ trước khi ẩn menu con" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4722,61 +4722,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "Đệm focus" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Màu con trỏ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/wa.po b/po-properties/wa.po index 2aa1cab75..9ef85d763 100644 --- a/po-properties/wa.po +++ b/po-properties/wa.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk20 1.3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-03 14:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@walon.org>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa@walon.org>\n" @@ -102,121 +102,121 @@ msgstr "Waitroûle" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "No d' l' etikete" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "L' indecse del pådje do moumint" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Espåçmint des colones" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "Eployî grandeu po l' etikete" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "L' indecse del pådje do moumint" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "No del fonte" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "Coleur do moumint" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -1973,11 +1973,11 @@ msgstr "Li tite do purnea di tchoezixhaedje del fonte" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "Prémetou moteur tchoezixheu di fitchîs" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "Li no do prémetou moteur di tchoezixheu di fitchîs a-z eployî" @@ -2496,107 +2496,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4545,51 +4545,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Coleur do cursoe" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Coleur do cursoe di stitchaedje" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Deujhinme coleur do cursoe" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4597,11 +4597,11 @@ msgstr "" "Coleur pol deujhinme cursoe di stitchaedje, po l' aspougnaedje di tecse ki " "maxhe les sins droete-a-hintche eyet hintche-a-droete" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "" diff --git a/po-properties/yi.po b/po-properties/yi.po index 889f8c4c3..467d1f67d 100644 --- a/po-properties/yi.po +++ b/po-properties/yi.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 1.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-11\n" "Last-Translator: Raphael Finkel <raphael@cs.uky.edu>\n" "Language-Team: None <>\n" @@ -104,121 +104,121 @@ msgstr "עקראַן" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "דער מאָדעל פֿאַר דעם בױם־געשטאַלט" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Program name" msgstr "הענטל נאָמען" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "די אָריִענטירונג פֿון דעם מכשיר־װײַזער" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "זײַל אָפּרוקונג" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Website label" msgstr "הענטל־עטיקעט" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "די אָריִענטירונג פֿון דעם מכשיר־װײַזער" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "שריפֿט נאָמען" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "איצטיקע פֿאַרב" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2089,11 +2089,11 @@ msgstr "דער טיטל פֿונעם פֿענצטער" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "נאָמען פֿון דער געװײנטלעכער שריפֿט" @@ -2638,125 +2638,125 @@ msgstr "די ברײט פֿון דעם מאָדעל" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "די הײך פֿון דעם מאָדעל" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "אָפּרײַסעװדיקער טיטל" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" "אַ טיטל װאָס דער פֿענצטער־אַדמיניסטראַטאָר קען װײַזן װען מען רײַסט אָפּ דעם מעניו" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "אָפּרײַסעװדיקער טיטל" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 #, fuzzy msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" "אַ טיטל װאָס דער פֿענצטער־אַדמיניסטראַטאָר קען װײַזן װען מען רײַסט אָפּ דעם מעניו" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "װערטיקאַליש לײדיק אָרט" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "װיפֿל לײדיק אָרט צוצולײגן צום קאָפּ און פֿוס פֿון דעם צעפּיכעסל, אין בילדצעלן" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "װערטיקאַלישע מאָס" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "האָריזאָנטאַלישע מאָס" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "לינקער צוקלעפּעניש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "דער זײַל־נומער װוּ די לינקע זײַט פֿון קינד קלעפּט זיך צו" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "רעכטער צוקלעפּעניש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "דער זײַל־נומער װוּ די לינקע זײַט פֿון קינד קלעפּט זיך צו" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "קאָפּ צוקלעפּעניש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "דער שורה־נומער װוּ דער פֿוס פֿון קינד קלעפּט זיך צו" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "פֿוס צוקלעפּעניש" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "דער שורה־נומער װוּ דער פֿוס פֿון קינד קלעפּט זיך צו" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "מען קען פֿאַרבײַטן פֿאַרגיכערערס" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" "צי מעניו־פֿאַרגיכערערס לאָזן זיך פֿאַרבײַטן דורך דריקן אַ קלאַװיש איבער דעם " "מעניו־אײנס" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "געדױער אײדער אַן אונטערמעניו װײַזט זיך" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" "דער קלענסטער געדױער אין װעלכן דער לױפֿער מוז זיך האַלטן איבער אַ מעניו־אײנס " "אײדער דער אונטערמעניו װײַזט זיך" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "געדױער אײדער אַן אונטערמעניו באַהאַלט זיך" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4797,51 +4797,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "אינערלעכער פֿאָקוס" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "אױב אַ פֿאָקוס־סימן זאָל זיך צײכענען אין דרינען פֿון צעפּיכעסלעך" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "פֿאָקוס ליניע־ברײט" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "ברײט, אין בילדצעלן, פֿון דער פֿאָקוס־סימן ליניע" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "פֿאָקוס־ליניע מקף־סכעמע" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "די מקף־סכעמע מיט װעלכער די פֿאָקוס־סימן צײכנט זיך" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "פֿאָקוס לײדיק אָרט" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "ברײט, אין בילדצעלן, צװישן דעם פֿאָקוס־סימן און דעם צעפּיכעסל „קאַסטן”" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "לױפֿער פֿאַרב" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "פֿאַרב מיט װעלכער די אַרײַנלײג־לױפֿער צײכנט זיך" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "צװײטע לױפֿערפֿאַרב" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" @@ -4849,11 +4849,11 @@ msgstr "" "פֿאַרב מיט װעלכער דער צװײטער אַרײַנלײג־לױפֿער צײכנט זיך װען מען רעדאַגירט " "בײד־ריכטונגדיקן טעקסט" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "לױפֿער ליניע אַספּעקט־פּראָפּאָרץ" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "די אַספּעקט־פּראָפּאָרץ מיט װעלכער דער אַרײַנלײג־לױפֿער צײכנט זיך" diff --git a/po-properties/zh_CN.po b/po-properties/zh_CN.po index ac0731053..1fb67e687 100644 --- a/po-properties/zh_CN.po +++ b/po-properties/zh_CN.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-20 00:04+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Funda Wang <fundawang@linux.net.cn>\n" "Language-Team: zh_CN <i18n-translation@lists.linux.net.cn>\n" @@ -100,115 +100,115 @@ msgstr "屏幕" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "渲染器的 GdkScreen" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "程序名称" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "程序的名称。如果未设置，则默认为 g_get_application_name()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "程序版本" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "程序版本" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "版权字符串" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "程序的版权信息" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "评论字符串" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "关于程序的评论" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "网站 URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "程序网站的 URL 链接" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "网站标签" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "程序网站链接的标签。如果未设置，则默认为 URL" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "作者" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "程序的作者列表" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "文档撰写者" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "列出为程序撰写文档的人员" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "美工" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "列出为程序付出美工劳动的人员" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "翻译者致谢" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "翻译者致谢。此字符串应该标为可翻译" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "标志" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" "关于对话框标志。如果未设置，则默认为 gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "标志图标名称" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "关于对话框中用作标志的命名图标。" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 msgid "Link Color" msgstr "链接颜色" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "超级链接颜色" @@ -1961,11 +1961,11 @@ msgstr "文件选择器对话框的标题。" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "按钮部件的目标宽度，以字符数计。" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "默认文件选择器后端" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "默认要使用的 GtkFileChooser 后端名称" @@ -2469,107 +2469,107 @@ msgstr "布局宽度" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "布局高度" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "折叠标题" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "当此菜单被折叠可供窗口管理器显示的标题" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "撕下状态" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "表明菜单是否被撕下的布尔值" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "垂直留空" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "菜单上下两端额外的空白" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "垂直偏移" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "菜单为子菜单时，在垂直方向上定位这么多像素的便宜" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "水平偏移" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "菜单为子菜单时，在水平方向上定位这么多像素的便宜" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "左侧附加" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "将子部件左侧附加到哪一列" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "右侧附加" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "将子部件右侧附加到哪一列" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "上侧附加" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "将子部件上侧附加到哪一行" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "下侧附加" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "将子部件下侧附加到哪一行" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "可更改加速键" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "菜单加速键是否可通过在菜单项上按键进行更改" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "子菜单出现的延迟" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "在子菜单出现前鼠标指针必须指向菜单项的最短时间" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "隐藏子菜单的延迟" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4514,61 +4514,61 @@ msgstr "不全部显示" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "gtk_widget_show_all() 是否不影响此部件" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "内部焦点" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "是否在窗口部件内绘制焦点指示器" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "焦点线宽" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "以像素计算的焦点指示线的宽度" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "焦点虚线样式" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "焦点指示虚线的样式" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "焦点留空" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "以像素计算的焦点指示线与部件“框”的宽度" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "光标颜色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "绘制插入光标时使用的颜色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "次光标颜色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "混合编辑从左至右和从右至左文字时用于绘制次要插入光标的颜色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "光标线高宽比" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "绘制插入光标的高宽比" diff --git a/po-properties/zh_TW.po b/po-properties/zh_TW.po index 21804c6f6..c51d7efb7 100644 --- a/po-properties/zh_TW.po +++ b/po-properties/zh_TW.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-08 02:01-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-04 13:26-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-07 17:36+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Abel Cheung <maddog@linux.org.hk>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (traditional) <zh-l10n@linux.org.tw>\n" @@ -106,119 +106,119 @@ msgstr "螢幕" msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" msgstr "CellRenderer 的編輯模式" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202 msgid "Program name" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:217 msgid "Program version" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:218 #, fuzzy msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "工具列的方向" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:232 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:243 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Comments string" msgstr "列距" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:244 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:251 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:276 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:277 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:293 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:301 msgid "Website label" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:294 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302 msgid "" "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it " "defaults to the URL" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:310 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319 #, fuzzy msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "工具列的方向" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:362 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:370 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:363 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:371 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:378 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "Logo" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "" "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:394 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "字型名稱" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Link Color" msgstr "目前的顏色" -#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403 +#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411 msgid "Color of hyperlinks" msgstr "" @@ -2053,11 +2053,11 @@ msgstr "視窗的標題" msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:625 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:622 msgid "Default file chooser backend" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:626 +#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" msgstr "預設使用的字型名稱" @@ -2589,111 +2589,111 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The height of the layout" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:528 msgid "Tearoff Title" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:527 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:529 msgid "" "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-" "off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543 msgid "Tearoff State" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "垂直留邊" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551 msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "垂直縮放比率" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:558 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "vertically" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:566 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "水平縮放比率" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:569 msgid "" "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " "horizontally" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:577 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:579 msgid "Left Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 gtk/gtktable.c:205 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580 gtk/gtktable.c:205 msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 msgid "Right Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588 msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595 msgid "Top Attach" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596 msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Bottom Attach" msgstr "底部(_B)" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 gtk/gtktable.c:226 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:604 gtk/gtktable.c:226 msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691 msgid "Can change accelerators" msgstr "可更改捷徑鍵" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:692 msgid "" "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697 msgid "Delay before submenus appear" msgstr "顯示副選單前的延遲時間" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 msgid "" "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:703 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" msgstr "隱藏副選單前的延遲時間" -#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:704 +#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706 msgid "" "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " "submenu" @@ -4667,61 +4667,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" msgstr "" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417 msgid "Interior Focus" msgstr "在內部顯示焦點" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1418 msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgstr "是否在視窗元件內部顯示焦點線" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1414 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "Focus linewidth" msgstr "焦點線寬度" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1415 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1425 msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" msgstr "輸入焦點指示線的寬度，以像素為單位" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1431 msgid "Focus line dash pattern" msgstr "焦點線虛線樣式" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1432 msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" msgstr "顯示輸入焦點指示線時使用的虛線樣式" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1427 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1437 msgid "Focus padding" msgstr "焦點指示線留邊" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1428 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1438 msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" msgstr "輸入焦點指示線及視窗元件邊界之間的寬度，以像素為單位" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1433 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1443 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "游標顏色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1434 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1444 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "繪畫游標使用的顏色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1439 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "第二游標顏色" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1440 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1450 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "當編輯混合右至左及左至右的文字時，繪畫第二個插入游標所使用的顏色。" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1445 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455 msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgstr "游標長寬比" -#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1446 +#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456 msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "繪畫游標時使用的長寬比例" |